-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Wo8KFjZ+bfulXKTbGmwa98Xhvk7Z3ifF81omnqyxDZBV62P2HdpYPLg2Ii51zMBY IeqPKFKGaB0yOhfTYuuqYg== 0000950123-09-040898.txt : 20090903 0000950123-09-040898.hdr.sgml : 20090903 20090903164930 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-09-040898 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 17 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20090630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090903 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090903 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001271625 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FUNCTIONS RELATED TO DEPOSITORY BANKING, NEC [6099] IRS NUMBER: 232636866 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0630 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-50866 FILM NUMBER: 091054102 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. STREET 2: 1436 LANCASTER AVENUE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312-1288 BUSINESS PHONE: 6102963400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1436 LANCASTER AVE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: DFG HOLDINGS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20031128 10-K 1 w74935e10vk.htm 10-K e10vk
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
 
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File Number 000-50866
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
  23-2636866
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Identification No.)
     
1436 Lancaster Avenue
  19312-1288
Berwyn, Pennsylvania   (Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)    
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(610) 296-3400
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Not applicable   Not applicable
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every interactive data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to rule 405 of regulation s-t during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files)  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of December 31, 2008, 24,066,072 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, were outstanding. As of such date the aggregate market value of voting stock (based upon the last reported sales price in The Nasdaq Global Select Market) held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $247,880,542. As of August 31, 2009, the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding was 24,102,985.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
The Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with its solicitation of proxies for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on November 11, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
 


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
Table of Contents
 
2009 Report on Form 10-K
 
Money Mart® and Loan Mart® are trademarks of Dollar Financial Corp. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also includes trademarks and tradenames of other companies.
 
         
PART I
  Business   1
  Risk Factors   23
  Unresolved Staff Comments   30
  Properties   31
  Legal Proceedings   31
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   31
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   32
  Selected Financial Data   35
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   38
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   61
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   64
  Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   110
  Controls and Procedures   110
 
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   110
  Executive Compensation   111
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   111
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   111
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   111
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   112
  116


 

Item 1.   BUSINESS
 
General
 
We are a leading international financial services company serving unbanked and under-banked consumers. Our financial services store network is the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom and the second-largest network of its kind in the United States. Our customers are typically service sector individuals who require basic financial services but, for reasons of convenience and accessibility, purchase some or all of their financial services from us rather than from banks and other financial institutions. To meet the needs of these customers, we provide a range of consumer financial products and services primarily consisting of check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, longer-term installment loans, pawn lending, debit cards, phone/gift cards, bill payment, money orders, money transfers, foreign exchange, gold buying and legal document processing services. At June 30, 2009, our global store network consisted of 1,206 locations (of which 1,031 are company-owned) operating as Money Mart®, Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Money Corner, Insta-Cheques®, The Check Cashing Store, American Payday Loans, American Check Casher, Check Casher, Payday Loans, Cash Advance, Cash Advance USA and We The People® in 22 states, Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland. This network includes 1,157 locations (including 1,031 company-owned) in 15 states, Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services, foreign exchange and various other related services. Also included in this network is the Company’s recently acquired U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business and the Poland acquisition which provides financial services to the general public through in-home servicing.
 
We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. We operate our store network through our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Dollar Financial Group, Inc., a New York corporation formed in 1979, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries (collectively, “OPCO”).
 
Our network includes the following platforms for delivering our financial services and retail-based legal document processing services to consumers in our core markets:
 
United States
 
As of June 30, 2009, we operated a total of 358 financial services stores in 15 states, including 99 stores in California, 106 stores in Florida, 37 stores in Arizona, 19 stores in Louisiana and 97 stores in 11 other states. We also have 49 franchised locations operating under the name “We The People®” which offer retail-based legal document processing services. Our financial services store locations typically offer our full range of financial products and services, including check cashing and short-term consumer loans. Our 42 Loan Mart stores principally offer short-term consumer loans, as well as other ancillary services depending upon location. By offering short-term lending services, we hope to attract a customer who might not use check cashing services.
 
Our U.S. business had revenues of $153.7 million for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”) and $154.9 million for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2009 (“fiscal 2009”).
 
Canada
 
At June 30, 2009, there are 461 financial services stores in our Canadian network, of which 399 are operated by us and 62 are operated by franchisees in 12 of the 13 Canadian provinces and territories with 224 locations in Ontario, 84 locations in British Columbia, 72 locations in Alberta and 81 locations in the other 9 provinces and territories. All of our stores in Canada are operated under the name “Money Mart” except locations in the Province of Québec which operate under the name “Instant Cheques”. The stores in Canada typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans and other ancillary products and services.


1


 

Our Canadian business had revenues of USD 279.5 million for fiscal 2008 and USD 236.3 million for fiscal 2009. The impact of foreign currency rates resulted in a decrease in Canadian revenues of approximately USD 34.4 million.
 
United Kingdom and Euro-Zone
 
At June 30, 2009, there are 337 financial services stores in our United Kingdom network, of which 273 are operated by us and 64 are operated by franchisees/agents. In addition, during fiscal 2008, we opened a financial services store in the Republic of Ireland. All of our stores in the United Kingdom and Euro-zone (with the exception of certain franchises operating under the name “Cash A Cheque”) are operated under the name “Money Shop.” The stores in the United Kingdom typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans, pawn lending and other ancillary products and services. Our store in the Republic of Ireland offers check cashing and other ancillary products and services. In April 2009 we acquired all the shares of Express Finance Limited, a U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business.
 
Our United Kingdom and Euro-zone business had revenues of USD 139.0 million for fiscal 2008 and USD 136.7 million for fiscal 2009. The impact of foreign currency rates resulted in a decrease in U.K. revenues of approximately USD 32.8 million.
 
Mainland Europe
 
On June 30, 2009, we acquired a 76% interest in an established consumer lending business in Poland. The acquired company, Optima, S.A., founded in 1999 and headquartered in Gdansk, offers unsecured loans of generally 40 — 50 week durations with an average loan amount of $250 to $500. The loan transaction includes a convenient in-home servicing feature, whereby loan disbursement and collection activities take place in the customer’s home according to a mutually agreed upon and pre-arranged schedule. The in-home loan servicing concept is well accepted within Poland and Eastern Europe, and was initially established in the U.K. nearly 100 years ago. Customer sales and service activities are managed through an extensive network of local commission based representatives across five provinces in northwestern Poland.
 
Total Company
 
At June 30, 2009, of our 1,206 overall locations, we have 175 franchised/agent locations in Canada, the United Kingdom and in the United States. The franchised/agent locations offer many of the same products and services offered by company-operated stores using the same associated trade names, trademarks and service marks within the standards and guidelines we have established. Total franchise/agent revenues were $5.0 million for fiscal 2008 and $4.2 million for fiscal 2009. The decline in revenues in fiscal 2009 is due to the decrease in the number of franchise stores.
 
Our customers, many of whom receive income on an irregular basis or from multiple employers, are drawn to our convenient neighborhood locations, extended operating hours and high-quality customer service. Our products and services, principally our check cashing and short-term consumer loan program, provide immediate access to cash for living expenses or other needs. We principally cash payroll checks, although our stores also cash government benefit, personal and income-tax-refund checks. During fiscal 2009, we cashed 9.3 million checks with a total face amount of $4.5 billion and an average face amount of $487 per check. We originated 4.1 million single-payment consumer loans with an average principal amount of $406 and a weighted average term of approximately 18.1 days. In addition, we acted as a servicer and direct lender originating approximately 6,000 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $815 and a weighted average term of approximately 210 days. We strive to provide our customers with high-value ancillary services, including Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, reloadable VISA® and Mastercard® debit cards, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, pawn broking, gold buying, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services.


2


 

Industry Overview
 
We operate in a sector of the financial services industry that serves the basic need of service sector individuals who need convenient access to cash and other services. This need is primarily evidenced by consumer demand for check cashing, short-term and longer-term installment loans, pawn lending, Western Union transfers, debit cards and other services. Consumers who use these services are often underserved by banks and other financial institutions.
 
Service sector individuals represent the largest part of the population in each country in which we operate; in the United States, the service sector makes up one of the fastest growing segments of the workforce. However, many of these individuals, particularly in the United States, do not maintain regular banking relationships. They use services provided by our industry for a variety of reasons, including that they often:
 
  •  do not have sufficient assets to meet minimum balance requirements or to achieve the benefits of savings with banks;
 
  •  do not write enough checks to make a bank account beneficial;
 
  •  need access to financial services outside of normal banking hours;
 
  •  desire not to pay fees for banking services that they do not use;
 
  •  require immediate access to cash from their paychecks;
 
  •  may have a dislike or distrust of banks; and
 
  •  do not have a neighborhood bank in close proximity to them.
 
In addition to check cashing services, under-banked consumers also require short-term and longer-term installment loans that provide cash for living and other expenses. They also may not be able to or want to obtain loans from banks as a result of:
 
  •  their immediate need for cash;
 
  •  irregular receipt of payments from their employers;
 
  •  their desire for convenience and respectful customer service;
 
  •  the unavailability of bank loans in small denominations for short terms; and
 
  •  the high cost of overdraft advances and bounced check fees from banks.
 
Despite the demand for basic financial services, access to banks has become more difficult over time for many consumers. Many banks have chosen to close their less profitable or lower-traffic locations and reduced the hours they operate. Typically, these branch closings have occurred in neighborhoods where the branches have failed to attract a sufficient base of customer deposits. This trend has resulted in fewer convenient alternatives for basic financial services in many neighborhoods. Many banks have also reduced or eliminated some services that under-banked consumers desire.
 
As a result of these trends, a significant number of retailers have begun to offer financial services to service sector individuals. The providers of these services are fragmented, and range from specialty finance offices to retail stores in other industries that offer ancillary services.
 
We believe that the under-banked consumer market will continue to grow as a result of a diminishing supply of competing banking services as well as underlying demographic trends. These demographic trends include an overall increase in the population and an increase in the number of self employed, small business and service sector jobs as a percentage of the total workforce.
 
The demographics of the typical customers for non-banking financial services vary somewhat in each of the markets in which we operate, but the trends driving the industry are generally the same. In addition, the type of store and services that appeal to customers in each market varies based on cultural, social, geographic,


3


 

economic and other factors. Finally, the composition of providers of these services in each market results, in part, from the historical development and regulatory environment in that market.
 
Finally, we are a member and actively participate in all the major industry associations representing our industry interests in most countries in which we do business. Our memberships include CFSA (Community Financial Services Association of America) and FiSCA (Financial Service Centers of America) in the United States, CPLA (Canadian Payday Loan Association) in Canada, the CFA (Consumer Finance Association) in the United Kingdom, where we are the founding member and the National Pawnbrokers Association of the United Kingdom.
 
Growth Opportunities
 
We believe that significant opportunities for growth exist in our industry as a result of:
 
  •  growth of small businesses, the self employed and service-sector workforce;
 
  •  failure of commercial banks and other traditional financial service providers to adequately address the needs of small business, service sector and other working-class individuals;
 
  •  trends favoring larger operators in the industry;
 
  •  consolidation within our industry in the United States; and
 
  •  Canadian short-term consumer lending provincial regulation will likely change the competitive landscape and favor lower cost operators.
 
We believe that, as the service sector population segment increases and as trends within the retail banking industry make banking less accessible or more costly to these consumers, the industry in which we operate will continue to see a significant increase in demand for our products and services. We also believe that the industry will continue to consolidate as a result of a number of factors, including:
 
  •  economies of scale available to larger operations;
 
  •  use of technology to serve customers better and to control large store networks;
 
  •  inability of smaller operators to form the alliances necessary to deliver new products; and
 
  •  increased licensing and regulatory burdens.
 
This consolidation process should provide us, as operator of one of the largest store networks, with opportunities for continued growth. We also believe there are substantial growth opportunities in Europe.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that the following competitive strengths position us well for continued growth:
 
Leading Position in Core Markets  We have a leading position in core markets. At June 30, 2009, we operate 358 company-owned stores in the United States, 399 company-owned stores in Canada, 273 company-owned stores and an Internet-based consumer lending business in the United Kingdom and one company-owned store in the Republic of Ireland. In addition, with our 76% acquisition in June 2009 of an established consumer lending business in Poland, we service an average 30,000 customers through in-home servicing. At June 30, 2009, we had 62 and 64 foreign financial services franchised/agent locations in Canada and in the United Kingdom, respectively. In addition, at June 30, 2009, we had 49 franchised locations in the United States, all of which operate under the name We The People and offer retail-based legal document processing services. Highlights of our competitive position in these core markets include the following:
 
  •  A large portion of our domestic stores are located in the western United States and Florida, where we believe we hold leading market positions.


4


 

 
  •  We are the industry leader in Canada, and we believe that we hold a very significant market share as we have at least one store in almost every Canadian city with a population of over 50,000.
 
  •  We believe that we are the largest check cashing company in the United Kingdom, comprising approximately 18% of the market measured by number of stores, although we believe that we account for approximately 40% of all check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores.
 
Diversified Product and Geographic Mix  Our stores offer a wide range of consumer financial products and services to meet the demands of their respective locales, including check cashing, short-term consumer loans, money orders, money transfers and legal document processing services. We also provide high-value ancillary products and services, including Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, reloadable VISA® and MasterCard® brand debit cards, pawn broking, gold buying, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services. For fiscal 2009, the revenue contribution by our check cashing operations was 31.2%, our consumer lending operations was 52.1% and our other products and services was 16.7%. In addition to our product diversification, our business is diversified geographically. For fiscal 2009, our U.S. operations generated 29.4% of our total revenue, our Canadian operations generated 44.7% of our total revenue and our United Kingdom operations generated 25.9% of our total revenue. Our broad product and geographic mix provides a diverse stream of revenue growth opportunities that we believe distinguishes us from others in the industry.
 
High-Quality Customer Service  A 2009 consumer research study told us that our customer satisfaction scores are well over 90%. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desirable locations near our customers. We believe that our customers appreciate this convenience, as well as the flexible and extended operating hours that we typically offer, which are often more compatible with our customers’ work schedules. We provide our customers with a clean, attractive and secure environment in which to transact their business. We believe that our friendly and courteous customer service at both the store level and through our centralized support centers is a competitive advantage.
 
Diversification and Management of Credit Risk  Our revenue is generated through a high volume of small-dollar financial transactions, and therefore our exposure to loss from a single customer transaction is minimal. In addition, we actively manage our customer risk profile and collection efforts in order to maximize our consumer lending and check cashing revenues while maintaining losses within an expected range. We have instituted control mechanisms that have been effective in managing risk. Such mechanisms, among others, include the daily monitoring of initial return rates with respect to payments made on our consumer loan portfolio. We have implemented predictive scoring models that limit or eliminate the amount of loans we offer to customers who statistically would likely be unable to repay their loan. As a result, we believe that we are unlikely to sustain a material credit loss from a series of transactions or launch of a new product. We historically have experienced relatively low net write-offs as a percentage of the face amount of checks cashed. For fiscal 2009, in our check cashing business, net write-offs as a percentage of the face amount of checks cashed were 0.29% as compared to the prior year’s rate of 0.31%. For the same period, with respect to loans funded directly by us, net write-offs as a percentage of originations were 3.1% as compared to the prior year’s rate of 2.9%.
 
Management Expertise  We have a highly experienced and motivated management team at both the corporate and operational levels. Our senior management team has extensive experience in the financial services industry and multi-unit retail operations. In addition, our corporate executive and senior management team is very tenured and has demonstrated the ability to grow our business through their operational leadership, strategic vision, ability to raise capital and experience in making selected acquisitions. Since 1990, we have completed more than 90 acquisitions that added over 780 company-owned financial services stores to our network.


5


 

Our Strategy
 
Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths and enhance our leading market positions. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
Growing Through Disciplined Network Expansion  We intend to continue to grow our network through the addition of new stores and acquisitions, while adhering to a disciplined selection process. In order to optimize our expansion, we carefully assess potential markets by analyzing demographic, competitive and regulatory factors, site selection and availability, and growth potential. We seek to add locations that offer check cashing, consumer lending, debit cards, foreign currency, pawn lending, gold buying and other services or a combination of any of these products and services. In fiscal 2009, we entered into Poland, our fifth country, with the acquisition of Optima, S.A., that offers unsecured loans with payment terms of generally 40 — 50 week durations with an average loan amount of $250 to $500. Also during fiscal 2009, we acquired an established profitable U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business which was immediately accretive to earnings. The acquired company is competitively positioned in a rapidly growing market and further expands our expertise within the Internet lending arena. Moreover, we believe we can export and leverage this expertise to other European countries as well as our Canadian business unit. We continue to actively seek to acquire targeted competitor operations in selected expansion markets in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Europe and Latin America.
 
Introducing Related Products and Services  We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high value products and services offered by us. These products and services enable our customers to manage their personal finances more effectively. For example, in fiscal 2004, we introduced reloadable VISA ® brand debit cards, and, in fiscal 2005, we introduced VISA ® brand gift cards. In fiscal 2006, we introduced an installment loan program in the United States and the United Kingdom. In fiscal 2008, we launched an Internet single-payment loan site for residents of California, Arizona and the United Kingdom and plan to expand to other geographic areas over time. During fiscal 2009 we began gold buying services in the United Kingdom, Canada and the United States. We believe this can be a high growth area while gold prices remain relatively high. The addition of the U.K. Internet-based consumer lending also adds to our product offerings. Our product development department continues to develop and test additional new products and services for our customers.
 
Capitalizing on our Enhanced Network and System Capabilities  With our network of 1,206 stores as of June 30, 2009, we are well positioned to capitalize on economies of scale. Our centralized core support functions, including collections, call center, field operations and service, loan processing and tax filing enable us to generate efficiencies by improving collections and purchasing power with our vendors. Our proprietary systems are used to further improve our customer relations and loan servicing activities, as well as to provide a highly efficient means to manage our internal reporting requirements as well as regulatory compliance efforts. We plan to continue to take advantage of these efficiencies to enhance network and store-level profitability.
 
Maintaining our Customer-Driven Retail Philosophy  We strive to maintain our customer-service-oriented approach and meet the basic financial service needs of our service sector customers. This dedication to service helps to explain our high 90+% customer satisfaction scores. We believe our approach differentiates us from many of our competitors and is a key tenet of our employee training programs. We offer extended operating hours in clean, attractive and secure store locations to enhance appeal and stimulate store traffic. In certain markets, we operate stores that are open 24 hours a day. To ensure customer satisfaction, we periodically send anonymous market researchers posing as shoppers to our stores to measure customer service performance. We plan to continue to develop ways to improve our performance, including incentive programs to reward employees for exceptional customer service.
 
Community Involvement and Ethics  We strengthen relationships with our business partners through ethical behavior and with our customers through community involvement. In March of 2007 we were honored to be named the fourth most trustworthy public company in the United States by Audit Integrity, who ranked firms on exhibiting the “highest degree of accounting transparency and fair dealing to stake holders during 2006.” We have also encouraged the management of each of our stores to involve


6


 

themselves with their respective local communities. From these efforts we provide hundreds of thousands of dollars in charitable donations every year. In Canada over the last 5 years we have raised well over $1.0 million dollars for Easter Seals through our sponsorship of the 24 Hour Relay.
 
Customers
 
Our core customer group is generally working and middle class consumers who are often under-banked and under served by traditional financial institutions. These customers rely on their current income to cover immediate living expenses and often cannot afford or do not wish to wait for checks to clear through the commercial banking system. We believe that many of our customers use our check cashing and short-term lending services in order to access cash immediately without having to maintain a minimum balance in a checking account and to borrow money to fund immediate needs. We believe that consumers value our affordability and attention to customer service, and their choice of a financial services provider is influenced by our convenient locations, customer service and extended operating hours.
 
In the summer of 2009 we commissioned an independent research firm to conduct a thorough attitude and usage study of our consumers in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Following are some of the quantitative results which will be used to better develop our products and market to our consumers.
 
U.S. Customers  The average age of our domestic check cashing customer is 39 years of age. Our typical check-cashing customer is more likely to be male and never married. He graduated from high school and is employed in a skilled trade earning $22,000 a year. He owns his car but not his home. He has a cell phone but not a bank account or credit card. He is very satisfied with his experience at Money Mart and lists convenient locations, friendliness of tellers, hours of operation and attitude toward customers as his favorite attributes.
 
The average domestic short-term consumer loan customer is 45 years of age. Our typical loan customer is more likely to be female and is or has been married. She graduated from high school and has taken some college/technical course work. She works as a professional and earns over $30,000 a year. She owns her car but not her house. She has a cell phone, bank account, credit card and bank debit card. We believe she is very satisfied with her experience and lists convenient locations, friendliness of tellers, hours of operation and attitude toward customers as her favorite attributes.
 
Canadian Customers  The average age of our Canadian check cashing customer is 37 years of age. Our typical check cashing customer is more likely to be male and never married. He graduated from high school and is employed full time with an income of USD 21,000 a year. He does not own a car or a home. He has a cell phone, Internet access, bank account but not a credit card. We believe he is very satisfied with his experience at Money Mart and lists convenient hours, simple process, teller attitudes, fast service and convenient locations as his favorite attributes.
 
The average Canadian short-term consumer loan customer is 42 years of age. Our typical loan customer is evenly split between male and female and is or has been married. They graduated from high school and have taken some college/technical course work. They are employed full time and earn over USD 35,000 a year. They own a car but not a house. They have a cell phone, Internet access, bank account, credit card and bank debit card. They are very satisfied with their experience at Money Mart and list teller attitude, friendliness, convenient hours, and simple process as their favorite attributes.
 
United Kingdom Customers  The average age of our United Kingdom check cashing customer is 33 years of age. Our typical check cashing customer is more likely to be male and never married. He has completed higher education and is employed full time with an income of £17,000 a year. Typically he does not own his home, though two thirds have regular access to the Internet. He has a cell phone, bank account, debit card but not a credit card. We believe he is very satisfied with his experience at Money Shop and lists the attitude and friendliness of staff, ease of service, hours of operation and convenient locations as his favorite attributes.
 
The average age of our United Kingdom short-term consumer loan customer is 35 years old. The customers are a 50/50 mix of male and female and likely to be married. They completed higher education and 25% are university graduates. They are employed full time and have an income of £18,000 a year. Typically they do not own their home, though two thirds have regular access to the Internet. They have a cell phone,


7


 

bank account, debit card but not a credit card. We believe they are very satisfied with their experience at the Money Shop and lists attitude of staff to customers, friendliness of staff, speed of service, ease of service and convenient locations as their favorite attributes.
 
Products and Services
 
Customers typically use our stores or other distribution networks to cash checks (payroll, government and personal), obtain short-term or longer-term consumer loans and use one or more of the additional financial services and ancillary products available at most locations including Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, bill payment, reloadable VISA® and MasterCard® brand debit cards, foreign currency exchange, photo ID, prepaid local and long-distance phone services, gold buying and legal document processing services. In the United Kingdom, we also offer pawn lending services.
 
Check Cashing.  Customers may cash all types of checks at our check cashing locations, including payroll checks, government checks and personal checks. In exchange for a verified check, customers receive cash immediately and do not have to wait several days for the check to clear. Before we distribute any cash, we verify both the customer’s identification and the validity of the check (occasionally using multiple sources) as required by our standard verification procedures. Customers are charged a fee for this service (typically a small percentage of the face value of the check). The fee varies depending on the size and type of check cashed as well as the customer’s check cashing history at our stores. For fiscal 2008, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.74% of the face value of checks cashed. For fiscal 2009, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.66% of the face value of checks cashed.


8


 

The following chart presents summaries of revenue from our check cashing operations, broken down by consolidated operations, United States, Canadian and United Kingdom and Euro-Zone operations for the periods indicated below:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Consolidated operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 3,424,835,000     $ 3,772,426,000     $ 4,341,026,000     $ 5,256,422,000     $ 4,500,849,000  
Number of checks cashed
    8,141,697       8,373,342       9,003,970       9,902,464       9,251,161  
Average face amount per check
  $ 420.65     $ 450.53     $ 482.12     $ 530.82     $ 486.52  
Average fee per check
  $ 15.81     $ 17.01     $ 18.52     $ 19.85     $ 17.79  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.76 %     3.78 %     3.84 %     3.74 %     3.66 %
United States operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 1,309,231,000     $ 1,394,516,000     $ 1,404,965,000     $ 1,845,298,000     $ 1,885,347,000  
Number of checks cashed
    3,379,123       3,410,668       3,337,551       4,172,051       4,147,688  
Average face amount per check
  $ 387.45     $ 408.87     $ 420.96     $ 442.30     $ 454.55  
Average fee per check
  $ 13.79     $ 14.13     $ 14.51     $ 13.77     $ 13.59  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.56 %     3.46 %     3.45 %     3.11 %     2.99 %
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 1,300,089,000     $ 1,514,753,000     $ 1,938,692,000     $ 2,366,374,000     $ 1,903,413,000  
Number of checks cashed
    3,529,879       3,607,553       4,318,185       4,383,586       3,876,383  
Average face amount per check
  $ 368.31     $ 419.88     $ 448.96     $ 539.83     $ 491.03  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.38     $ 14.44     $ 15.43     $ 18.66     $ 17.50  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.36 %     3.44 %     3.44 %     3.46 %     3.56 %
United Kingdom and Euro-Zone operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 815,515,000     $ 863,157,000     $ 997,369,000     $ 1,044,750,000     $ 712,089,000  
Number of checks cashed
    1,232,695       1,355,121       1,348,234       1,346,827       1,227,090  
Average face amount per check
  $ 661.57     $ 636.96     $ 739.76     $ 775.71     $ 580.31  
Average fee per check
  $ 31.20     $ 31.13     $ 38.33     $ 42.57     $ 32.92  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    4.72 %     4.89 %     5.18 %     5.49 %     5.67 %
 
From fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 the number of all checks cashed in all countries have declined. One of the drivers in this decrease is the global recession and resulting job losses which affected all countries we operate in, as well as an increased focus on our consumer loan products. In addition, studies by the Federal Reserve Board and others show that payments made by electronic means may be displacing a portion of the paper checks traditionally cashed by our customers. We have increased our focus on cashing payroll and commercial checks, which tend to have higher face values and therefore result in higher check cashing fees than government checks.


9


 

If a check cashed by us is not paid for any reason, we record the full face value of the check as a loss in the period when the check was returned unpaid. We then send the check to our internal collection department, or occasionally directly to the store, for collection. Our employees contact the maker and/or payee of each returned check to seek payment. In certain circumstances, we will take appropriate legal action. Recoveries on returned items are credited in the period when the recovery is received. During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we collected 73.6% and 74.9% of the face value of returned checks, respectively.
 
The following chart presents summaries of our returned check experience, broken down by consolidated operations, U.S., Canadian and United Kingdom and Euro-Zone operations for the periods indicated below:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Consolidated operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 32,644,000     $ 39,052,000     $ 47,520,000     $ 62,120,000     $ 52,270,000  
Collections on returned checks
    23,655,000       29,070,000       34,987,000       45,714,000       39,164,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    8,989,000       9,982,000       12,533,000       16,406,000       13,106,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    72.5 %     74.4 %     73.6 %     73.6 %     74.9 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    7.0 %     7.0 %     7.5 %     8.3 %     8.0 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.26 %     0.26 %     0.29 %     0.31 %     0.29 %
United States operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 14,749,000     $ 16,846,000     $ 18,307,000     $ 24,975,000     $ 22,000,000  
Collections on returned checks
    10,881,000       12,586,000       13,961,000       19,561,000       17,524,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    3,868,000       4,260,000       4,346,000       5,414,000       4,476,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    73.8 %     74.7 %     76.3 %     78.3 %     79.7 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    8.3 %     8.8 %     9.0 %     9.4 %     7.9 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.30 %     0.31 %     0.31 %     0.29 %     0.24 %
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 9,906,000     $ 11,498,000     $ 16,051,000     $ 21,208,000     $ 19,369,000  
Collections on returned checks
    8,319,000       9,831,000       13,254,000       16,736,000       15,268,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    1,587,000       1,667,000       2,797,000       4,472,000       4,101,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    83.9 %     85.5 %     82.6 %     78.9 %     78.8 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    3.6 %     3.2 %     4.2 %     5.5 %     6.0 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.12 %     0.11 %     0.14 %     0.19 %     0.22 %
United Kingdom and Euro-Zone operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 7,989,000     $ 10,708,000     $ 13,162,000     $ 15,937,000     $ 10,901,000  
Collections on returned checks
    4,455,000       6,653,000       7,773,000       9,417,000       6,372,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    3,534,000       4,055,000       5,389,000       6,520,000       4,529,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    55.8 %     62.1 %     59.1 %     59.1 %     58.5 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    9.2 %     9.6 %     10.4 %     11.4 %     11.2 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.43 %     0.47 %     0.54 %     0.62 %     0.64 %


10


 

Consumer Lending
 
Most of our United States retail financial service locations issue single-payment consumer loans using the company-funded consumer loan model. In August 2007, we launched an Internet single-payment term loan site for residents of California and, in February 2008, for Arizona residents. During fiscal 2009, we acquired an established profitable U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business which was immediately accretive to earnings. The acquired company is competitively positioned in a rapidly growing market and further expands our expertise within the Internet lending arena. Moreover, we believe we can export and leverage this expertise to other European countries as well as our Canadian business unit.
 
On June 30, 2009, we acquired a 76% interest in an established consumer lending business in Poland. The acquired company, Optima, S.A., founded in 1999 and headquartered in Gdansk, offers unsecured loans of generally 40 — 50 week durations with an average loan amount of $250 to $500. The loan transaction includes a convenient in-home servicing feature, whereby loan disbursement and collection activities take place in the customer’s home according to a mutually agreed upon and pre-arranged schedule. The in-home loan servicing concept is well accepted within Poland and Eastern Europe, and was initially established in the U.K. nearly 100 years ago. Customer sales and service activities are managed through an extensive network of local commission based representatives across five provinces in northwestern Poland.
 
We also originate unsecured short-term single-payment loans to borrowers for our own account in Canada, the United Kingdom and in most United States markets. We bear the entire risk of loss related to these loans. In the United States, these loans are made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 45 days. In Canada, loans are issued to qualified borrowers based on a percentage of the borrowers’ income, up to C$1,500 with terms of 1 to 35 days. We issue loans in the United Kingdom for up to GBP 750, with a maximum term of 30 days. We originated or extended approximately $1.8 billion of the single-payment consumer loans during fiscal 2008 and approximately $1.7 billion during fiscal 2009. In addition, we act as a direct lender of longer-term installment loans in the United Kingdom and in certain United States and Canadian markets. In the United States for fiscal 2009, we originated 1,827 installment loans with an average principal amount of $526 and a weighted average term of approximately 58 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in the United States of approximately $1.0 million in fiscal 2009. In Canada, for fiscal 2009, we originated 1,531 installment loans with an average principal amount of $251 and a weighted average term of approximately 278 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $0.4 million in fiscal 2009. In Canada, for fiscal 2008, we originated 11,573 installment loans with an average principal amount of $445 and a weighted average term of approximately 259 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $5.2 million in fiscal 2008.
 
In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2009, we originated 2,725 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,325 and a weighted average term of approximately 359 days. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2008, we originated 3,673 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,654 and a weighted average term of approximately 359 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in the United Kingdom of approximately $3.6 million in fiscal 2009 and $6.1 million in fiscal 2008. The outstanding installment loan receivable at June 30, 2009 is $0.1 million, $4.2 million and $1.6 million in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.
 
We had approximately $114.7 million of net consumer loans on our balance sheet at June 30, 2009 and approximately $115.8 million on June 30, 2008. These amounts are reflected in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2009 and 2008 are reported net of a reserve of $9.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively, related to consumer lending. Loans in default at June 30, 2009 was $6.4 million, net of a $17.0 million allowance, and was $11.3 million, net of a $22.6 million allowance at June 30, 2008.


11


 

The following table presents a summary of our consumer lending originations, which includes loan extensions and revenues for the following periods (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
U.S. company-funded consumer loan originations
  $ 282,364     $ 535,542     $ 582,074 (3)
Canadian company-funded consumer loan originations(1)
    774,194       953,157       776,345 (4)
U.K. company-funded consumer loan originations(1)
    266,331       361,730       389,759 (5)
                         
Total company-funded consumer loan originations
  $ 1,322,889     $ 1,850,429 (2)   $ 1,748,178  
                         
U.S. servicing revenues, gross
  $ 29,245     $ 2,556     $ 1,987  
U.S. company-funded consumer loan revenues
    44,366       77,282       77,625  
Canadian company-funded consumer loan revenues
    110,010       147,313       121,518  
U.K. company-funded consumer loan revenues
    43,824       65,366       74,142  
                         
Total consumer lending revenues
  $ 227,445     $ 292,517     $ 275,272  
                         
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer loans
  $ 160,077     $ 217,476     $ 185,563  
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans
    (129,574 )     (163,720 )     (130,600 )
                         
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans
  $ 30,503     $ 53,756     $ 54,963  
                         
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    12.1 %     11.8 %     10.6 %
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    9.8 %     8.9 %     7.5 %
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    2.3 %     2.9 %     3.1 %
 
 
(1) All consumer loans originated in Canada and the United Kingdom are company-funded.
 
(2) The increase in total company-funded originations of $527.5 million in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 is primarily due to the transition from the bank-funded loan model to the company-funded loan model in the United States, as well as increases in originations due to the new stores from the APL and CCS acquisitions. Also contributing to the increase are increases in Canada due to criteria changes and newly opened stores in Canada and the United Kingdom.
 
(3) The increase for the year ended June 30, 2009 is primarily related to CCS and APL acquisitions in fiscal 2008, partially offset by a reduction in the number of U.S. stores.
 
(4) Net of a $112.1 million decline over fiscal 2008 as a result of the impact of exchange rates for the year ended June 30, 2009.
 
(5) Net of a $94.6 million decline over fiscal 2008 as a result of the impact of exchange rates for the year ended June 30, 2009.
 
Other Services and Products
 
In addition to check cashing and short-term consumer loans, our customers may choose from a variety of products and services when conducting business at our locations. These services, which vary from store to store, include Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, pawnbroking, VISA® and MasterCard® brand reloadable debit cards and gift cards, photo ID, prepaid local and long-distance phone services, gold buying services and legal document processing


12


 

services in the United States. We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high-value products and services offered by us.
 
Among our most significant other financial services products and services are the following:
 
  •  Money Transfers — Through a strategic alliance with Western Union, customers can transfer funds to any location in the world providing Western Union money transfer services. Western Union currently has approximately 379,000 agents in more than 200 countries throughout the world. We receive a percentage of the commission charged by Western Union for the transfer. For fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, we generated total money transfer revenues of $27.5 million and $26.8 million, respectively, primarily at our check cashing stores.
 
  •  Money Orders — Our stores issue money orders for a minimal fee. Customers who do not have checking accounts typically use money orders to pay rent and utility bills. During fiscal 2009, money order transactions had an average face amount of $290.34 and an average fee of $1.33. For fiscal 2009, our customers purchased 2.7 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $3.7 million. During fiscal 2008, money order transactions had an average face amount of $266.60 and an average fee of $1.28. During fiscal 2008, our customers purchased 2.7 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $3.5 million.


13


 

 
Store Operations
 
Locations
 
The following chart sets forth the number of company-operated and franchised stores in operation as of the specified dates:
 
                                         
    June 30,  
Markets
  2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
UNITED STATES
                                       
Florida
                23       103       106  
California
    137       133       131       131       99  
Arizona
    67       65       63       58       37  
Louisiana
    29       27       25       24       19  
Washington
    18       18       17       17       17  
Kansas
                      15       13  
Pennsylvania
    17       16       16       15       11  
Virginia
    16       16       16       16       11  
Missouri
                      12       10  
Hawaii
    3       3       3       9       9  
Ohio
    22       22       21       21       9  
Oklahoma
    10       10       8       10       6  
Iowa
                      4       4  
New Mexico
    3       4       4       4       4  
Alaska
                1       3       3  
Colorado
    7       7       7       7        
Franchised locations
    6       7                    
Maryland/D.C. 
    1       1       1              
Nebraska
                      3        
Nevada
    8       7       5       5        
South Carolina
                      1        
Texas
    4       6       6       6        
Utah
    4       3       3       3        
Wisconsin
    1                          
                                         
      353       345       350       467       358  
                                         
WE THE PEOPLE
                                       
Company operated
    3       13                    
Franchised locations
    172       132       110       93       49  
                                         
      175       145       110       93       49  
                                         
CANADA
                                       
Company operated
    214       242       360       419       399  
Franchised locations
    129       128       54       61       62  
                                         
      343       370       414       480       461  
                                         
UNITED KINGDOM/EURO-ZONE
                                       
Company operated
    152       172       192       236       274  
Franchised/agent locations
    312       218       214       176       64  
                                         
      464       390       406       412       338  
                                         
Total Stores
    1,335       1,250       1,280       1,452       1,206  
                                         


14


 

All of our company-operated stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. We generally assume the responsibility for required leasehold improvements, including signage, customer service representative partitions, alarm and security systems, computers, time-delayed safes and other office equipment. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desired locations near our customers.
 
Acquisitions
 
We have been an active acquirer of competitors’ stores in each country in which we have conducted operations for a number of years.
 
On August 30, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 45 retail stores, operating as Check Casher, American Check Casher, Cash Advance, American Payday Loans, Cash Advance USA and Payday Loans (collectively, “American Payday Loans” or “APL Acquisition”). The purchase price was $29.3 million in cash including $2.0 million in cash that is held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims. The Company anticipates the full return of the $2.0 million escrow balance. In addition, the agreement included a maximum revenue-based earn-out of up to $3.0 million which would have been payable in February 2009, however the provisions of the earn-out were not met. Between August 2007 and March 2008, we consummated a series of acquisitions of the 45 stores, which were located in Kansas, Missouri, Hawaii, Oklahoma, Arizona, Iowa, South Carolina, and Nebraska.
 
On December 15, 2007, we consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 81 financial services stores and one corporate office in southeast Florida (the “CCS Acquisition”) from CCS Financial Services, Inc. d/b/a/ The Check Cashing Store (“CCS”). The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $102.1 million cash, including $6.0 million in cash to be held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims.
 
On December 19, 2007, we entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire all of the shares of Cash Your Cheque, Ltd, a U.K. entity, which operates seven check cashing and single-payment consumer lending stores. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $4.2 million in cash.
 
On February 26, 2008, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 10 financial stores in Ontario, Canada operating under the name Unicash. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $1.4 million cash.
 
During fiscal 2008, we completed various smaller acquisitions in Canada and the United Kingdom with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8.5 million.
 
On October 17, 2008, we entered in a series of purchase agreements to acquire substantially all of the assets of six franchised stores in the United Kingdom from a franchisee. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $3.3 million in cash.
 
On April 21, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement of acquire all of the shares of Express Finance Limited, a U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $6.8 million in cash. In addition, the agreement provides for earnings-related contingent consideration based on the two years following the date of acquisition. No amounts have been recognized for this contingent consideration.
 
On June 29, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 2 pawn shops located n Scotland from Robert Biggar Limited. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $8.0 million in cash.
 
On June 30, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire 76% of the shares of Optima, S.A., a consumer lending business in Poland. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $5.6 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $6.3 million in debt. In addition, the agreement provides for an earnings-related contingent consideration amount based on the cumulative three year period following the acquisition date. No amounts have been recorded for this contingent consideration.


15


 

During fiscal 2009, we completed various smaller acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.1 million.
 
We are actively seeking targeted acquisitions and anticipate adding acquired stores in all of our geographical markets in addition to other foreign markets in the future as opportunities arise.
 
Facilities and Hours of Operation
 
As part of our retail and customer-driven strategy, we present a clean and attractive environment and an appealing format for our stores. Size varies by location, but the stores are generally 1,000 to 1,400 square feet, with approximately half of that space allocated to the customer service representative and back office areas.
 
Operating hours vary by location, but are typically extended and designed to cater to those customers who, due to work schedules, cannot make use of “normal” banking hours. A typical store operates from 9:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M. during weekdays and on Saturdays, and from 10:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. on Sundays. In certain locations, we operate stores 24 hours, seven days per week.
 
Operational Structure
 
Our senior management is located at our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania and is responsible for our overall strategic direction. This corporate staff includes personnel dedicated to compliance functions, including internal audit, risk management, and privacy, as well as global executive management, global strategy, business development and acquisitions, corporate finance, investor relations, global compensation and benefits, global credit and legal functions. We also maintain corporate offices in Victoria, British Columbia, Toronto, Ontario, Nottingham, England, Gdansk, Poland and a satellite office in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Management and support of store operations are located in the respective countries. This support includes executive store management and finance, and other centralized functions such as information systems, treasury, accounting, human resources, loss prevention and marketing.
 
Additionally, in each country in which we operate, we have a store-management organization that is responsible for the day-to-day operations of our stores. District managers are directly responsible for the oversight of our store managers and store operations. Typically, each district manager oversees eight to ten stores. Each district manager reports to a market manager who supervises approximately five district managers. The market managers report to the head of operations in each of our corporate offices.
 
We have a centralized facility to support our domestic consumer lending business. This call-center facility, located in Salt Lake City, Utah, currently employs approximately 124 full-time staff. Operating from 8:00 A.M. to midnight, Eastern time (including weekends), our staff performs inbound and outbound customer service for current and prospective consumer loan customers as well as collection for our check cashing and loan-servicing functions for all past-due domestic consumer loans. Our management at this facility includes experienced call-center operations, customer service, information technology and collections personnel. We believe that this centralized facility has helped us to improve our loan servicing significantly and has led to reduced check cashing and credit losses on loans originated by us in the United States and significantly enhances our ability to manage the compliance responsibilities related to our domestic consumer lending operations. We believe that our ongoing investment in, and company-wide focus on, our compliance practices provides us with a competitive advantage relative to many other companies in our industry. We operate similar facilities in Canada and the United Kingdom as well.
 
Technology
 
We currently have an enterprise-wide transaction processing computer network. We believe that this system has improved customer service by reducing transaction time and has allowed us to manage returned-check losses and loan-collection efforts better and to comply with regulatory recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
 
We continue to enhance our point-of-sale transaction processing system, which is composed of a networked hardware and software package with integrated database and reporting capabilities. The


16


 

point-of-sale system provides our stores with instantaneous customer information, thereby reducing transaction time and improving the efficiency of our check cashing and our credit-verification process. Also, we utilize an enhanced centralized loan-management and collection system that provides improved customer service processing and management of loan transactions. The loan-management system and collection system uses integrated automated clearinghouse payment and returns processing, which facilitates faster notification of returns and faster clearing of funds as well as utilizing fax server document-processing technology to reduce both processing and loan-closing times. The point-of-sale system, together with the enhanced loan-management and collection systems, has improved our ability to offer new products and services and our customer service.
 
Security
 
The principal security risks to our operations are robbery and employee theft. We have extensive security and surveillance systems, dedicated security personnel and management information systems to address both areas of potential loss. We believe that our systems are among the most effective in the industry. Net security losses represented 0.5% and 0.6% of total revenues for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008.
 
To protect against robbery, most store employees work behind bullet-resistant glass and steel partitions, and the back office, safe and computer areas are locked and closed to customers. Each store’s security measures include safes, electronic alarm systems monitored by third parties, control over entry to teller areas, detection of entry through perimeter openings, walls, and ceilings and the tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Employees use devices to ensure safety and security whenever they are outside the secure teller area. Additional security measures include sophisticated alarm systems in all stores, remote control over alarm systems, arming/disarming and changing user codes and mechanically and electronically controlled time-delay safes.
 
Since we handle high volumes of cash and negotiable instruments at our locations, daily monitoring, unannounced audits and immediate responses to irregularities are critical in combating defalcations. We have an internal auditing program that includes periodic unannounced store audits and cash counts at randomly selected locations.
 
Advertising and Marketing
 
We actively measure and conduct testing of our advertising programs to ensure we achieve a positive return on investment. The 2009 attitude and usage survey mentioned in the Consumer section is one example of our approach to better understand our consumers and then utilizing those results to develop effective marketing initiatives. Our in-store transaction database allows us to develop direct marketing strategies to communicate to existing customers and prospective customers who have similar demographic characteristics.
 
Some of our core marketing elements include: 1) In-Store POP(Point of Purchase) and Promotions — which allow us to target our current customers with new products and consumer contests/incentives that keeps the shopping experience fresh and interesting, 2) Mass Media — which allow us to build our brand awareness with non-users and lapsed users which may include national TV in Canada, local market TV/radio in the United States and the United Kingdom, and Yellow Pages in every geography, 3) New Media — which allow us to test new vehicles as our consumers expand their usage of technology with text messaging, e-mail campaigns, search engine marketing and web site marketing, and 4) Local Marketing/Community Involvement — which allows us to become a trusted part of the community with locally designed and executed programs like charity fundraisers and sponsorship of community events.
 
Competition
 
Our store network represents the second-largest network of its kind in the United States and the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom.
 
United States  The industry in which we operate in the United States is highly fragmented. According to FiSCA (Financial Service Centers of America) there are over 11,000 neighborhood check cashing stores and


17


 

according to Stephens Inc., there are over 24,000 short-term lending stores. We believe we operate one of only seven U.S. check cashing store networks that have more than 100 locations, the remaining competitors being local chains and single-unit operators. There are several public companies in the United States with a large network of stores offering single-payment consumer loans, as well as several large pawn shop chains offering such loans in their store networks in the United States. Like check cashing, there are also many local chains and single-unit operators offering single-payment consumer loans as their principal business product.
 
Canada  In Canada, we are the industry leader and we hold significant market share. We estimate that the number of outlets offering check cashing and/or single-payment consumer loans to be 1,500. We believe that there are only two other network of stores with over 100 locations. While we believe that we enjoy almost 30% market share by outlet in Canada, our research estimates our market share by volume of business to be significantly higher. With the advent of new provincial regulation for single-payment consumer loans, we anticipate that U.S. competitors will likely enter into the Canadian market. Under the new provincial regulation, we believe we have an opportunity to leverage our multi-product platform and improve upon our 30% share of the Canadian market by continuing to offer lower product pricing than a number of our competitors. Furthermore, we believe many of the less efficient mono-line operators will likely struggle under provincial regulation, which should present an opportunity for us to purchase their stores or customer accounts at attractive prices.
 
United Kingdom  Based on information from the British Cheque Cashers Association, we believe that we have a United Kingdom market share of stores of approximately 16%. In addition, we believe that our 338 company-operated and franchised/agent stores account for up to 40% of the total check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores in the United Kingdom. In the consumer lending market, recent research indicates that the market for small, short-term single-payment loans is served by approximately 1,650 store locations, which include check cashers, pawn brokers and home-collected credit companies; and is also served by around 15 on-line lenders.
 
Globally  In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores and platforms in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Poland and the Republic of Ireland, we compete with banks and other financial services entities, as well as with retail businesses, such as grocery and liquor stores, which often cash checks for their customers. Some competitors, primarily grocery stores, do not charge a fee to cash a check. However, these merchants generally provide this service to certain customers with solid credit ratings or for checks issued by highly recognized companies, or those written on the customer’s account and made payable to the store.
 
We also compete with companies that offer automated check cashing machines, and with franchised kiosk units that provide check-cashing and money order services to customers, which can be located in places such as convenience stores, bank lobbies, grocery stores, discount retailers and shopping malls.
 
We also compete with lenders and other service providers that provide single payment loans and legal document processing services over the Internet. In November 2007, we launched Internet short term loans for U.K. residents, and during fiscal 2009, we acquired an established profitable U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business which was immediately accretive to earnings. The acquired company is competitively positioned in a rapidly growing market and further expands our expertise within the Internet lending arena. Moreover, we believe we can export and leverage this expertise to other European countries as well as our Canadian business unit.
 
We believe that convenience, hours of operations and other aspects of customer service are the principal factors influencing customers’ selection of a financial services company in our industry, and that the pricing of products and services is a secondary consideration.
 
Regulation
 
We are subject to regulation by foreign, federal and state governments that affects the products and services we provide. In general, this regulation is designed to protect consumers who deal with us and not to protect the holders of our securities, including our common stock.


18


 

Regulation of Check Cashing
 
To date, regulation of check cashing fees has occurred on the state level. We are currently subject to fee regulation in seven states: Arizona, California, Hawaii, Louisiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Florida, where regulations set maximum fees for cashing various types of checks. Our fees comply with applicable state regulations.
 
Some states, including California, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Washington, have enacted licensing requirements for check cashing stores. Other states, including Ohio, require the conspicuous posting of the fees charged by each store. A number of states, including Ohio, also have imposed recordkeeping requirements, while others require check cashing stores to file fee schedules with the state.
 
In Canada, the federal government generally does not regulate our check cashing business, nor do provincial governments generally impose any regulations specific to the check cashing industry. The exceptions are the Provinces of Québec and Saskatchewan, where check cashing stores are not permitted to charge a fee to cash government checks and Manitoba where the province imposes a maximum fee to cash government checks.
 
In the United Kingdom, as a result of the Cheques Act of 1992, banks must refund the fraudulent or dishonest checks that they clear to the drawer. For this reason, banks have invoked more stringent credit inspection and indemnity criteria for businesses such as ours. Additionally, in 2003 the Money Laundering Regulations of 1993 were enhanced, requiring check cashing, money transfer and foreign currency exchange providers to be licensed and in 2007 they were further enhanced to require background checks of persons running such businesses as a requirement of granting the license. We believe we currently comply with these more stringent rules and regulations.
 
Regulation of Consumer Lending
 
In the United States, during 2005 due to FDIC limitations imposed on banks using us as a servicers of short-term single payment loans, we transitioned most of our retail financial service locations to offer company-funded single payment consumer loans.
 
During fiscal 2007, First Bank of Delaware, the lender in our suspended CustomCash® domestic installment loan program, advised us that the FDIC would require the origination of such installment loans to be discontinued at our retail financial service locations. As such, we have transitioned these loans to our single-payment company-funded loan product.
 
In Canada, our consumer lending activities have historically been subject to provincial licensing in Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Newfoundland. A federal usury ceiling applies to loans we make to Canadian consumers. Historically, Canadian borrowers contract to repay us in cash; if they elect to repay by check, we also collect, in addition to a permissible finance charge, our customary check-cashing fees. Effective May 3, 2007, the Canadian Parliament amended the federal usury law to transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. To date, the Provinces of British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island and New Brunswick have all passed legislation to regulate short term consumer lenders and each are in the process of adopting the new regulations and rates consistent with the regulations. Alberta has also added regulations to its existing consumer protection legislation to also regulate short term consumer lenders. As of July 1, 2009, we have implemented a new lending model in Ontario to conform to its new legislation. As of August 1, 2009, we have also implemented our new lending model in Nova Scotia and we anticipate changing to this new approach in Alberta in September and in British Columbia later this calendar year. The new lending model requires consumers to pay a flat fee per each $100 borrowed. In general, the regulations proposed to date are similar to those in effect in the United States which require lenders to be licensed, set maximum limits on the charges to the consumer for a loan and regulate collection practices.
 
In the United Kingdom, consumer lending is governed by the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 (the “Act”) and related rules and regulations. As required by the Act, we have obtained licenses from the Office of Fair Trading, which is responsible for regulating competition, policy, and for consumer protection. The Act also


19


 

contains rules regarding the presentation, form and content of loan agreements, including statutory warnings and the layout of financial information. Beginning July 31, 2009, The Money Launder Regulations 2007 were enhanced to include consumer credit lenders and all consumer credit lenders not authorized by the FSA or the HM Revenue and Customers as a Money Service Business are now required to register with the Office of Fair Trading. We have complied with these new regulations where we were not already registered by HM Revenue and Customs.
 
Our consumer lending activities are also subject to certain other state, federal and foreign regulations, including regulations governing lending practices and terms, such as the content, form and accuracy of our consumer disclosures, limitations on the cost of credit, fair debt collection practices and rules regarding advertising content.
 
Currency Reporting Regulation
 
United States  Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department under the Bank Secrecy Act require reporting of transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000, and maintenance of records regarding the purchase of money orders and wire transfers for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000. In general, every financial institution must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer that involves currency in an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as a single transaction if the financial institution has knowledge that the transactions are by, or on behalf of, any one person and result in either cash in or cash out totaling more than $10,000 during any one business day. We believe that our point-of-sale system and employee training programs support our compliance with these regulatory requirements.
 
Also, money services businesses are required by the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994 to register with the U.S. Treasury Department. Money services businesses include check cashers and sellers of money orders. Money services businesses must renew their registrations every two years, maintain a list of their agents, update the agent list annually and make the agent list available for examination. In addition, the Bank Secrecy Act requires money services businesses to file a Suspicious Activity Report for any transaction conducted or attempted involving amounts individually or in total equaling $2,000 or greater, when the money services businesses knows or suspects that the transaction involves funds derived from an illegal activity, the transaction is designed to evade the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act or the transaction is considered so unusual that there appears to be no reasonable explanation for the transaction. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) includes a number of anti-money-laundering measures designed to assist in the identification and seizure of terrorist funds, including provisions that directly impact check cashers and other money services businesses. Specifically, the USA PATRIOT Act requires all check cashers to establish certain programs designed to detect and report money laundering activities to law enforcement. We believe we are in compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act. The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control administers economic sanctions and embargo programs that require assets and transactions involving target countries and their nationals (referred to as “specially designated nationals and blocked persons”) be frozen. We maintain procedures to assure compliance with these requirements.
 
Canada  The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada is responsible for ensuring that money services businesses comply with the legislative requirements of the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act. The act requires the reporting of large cash transactions involving amounts of $10,000 or more received in cash and international electronic funds transfer requests of $10,000 or more. This act also requires submitting suspicious transactions reports where there are reasonable grounds to suspect that a transaction is related to the commission of a money laundering offense or to the financing of a terrorist activity. We believe that we are in compliance with the requirements of the act.
 
United Kingdom  The Terrorism Act of 2000 and the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 expanded, reformed and consolidated the United Kingdom’s criminal money laundering offenses. The Money Laundering Regulations 2003 impose certain reporting and record keeping requirements on persons and businesses in the regulated sector. Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has the responsibility for enforcing the regulations. The


20


 

regulations require that identity is taken for any person carrying out single or multiple foreign exchange transactions exceeding the GBP equivalent of EUR 15,000 and for the cashing of any third party check, in any amount. Additionally, regulations require the submission of suspicious transaction reports to the Serious Organized Crime Agency whenever there is a transaction which is inconsistent with a customer’s known legitimate business activities or with normal business for that type of account. We have existing procedures to remain in compliance with these requirements and believe that we are in compliance with these regulatory requirements.
 
Regulation of Legal Document Processing Services Business
 
The regulation of our legal document processing services business comes from two principal sources:
 
  •  state laws which prohibit: (1) the unauthorized practice of law, or UPL; and (2) fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices generally; and
 
  •  section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
 
All states in the United States have laws which prohibit UPL. In addition, all states in the United States have consumer protection laws which prohibit fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices. In some of those states, the state bar association, in conjunction with a regulatory agency such as the state supreme court or the state attorney general, monitors and enforces compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. In other states, the state attorney general’s consumer protection regulatory authority includes monitoring and enforcing compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. Two states, Arizona and California, have enacted laws which specifically allow and regulate the preparation and processing of legal documents by non-attorneys, including provisions which detail specific educational, certification and licensing requirements. There have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in Massachusetts, to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys.
 
At the federal level, the preparation of bankruptcy petitions by non-attorneys is regulated by Section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Section 110 places restrictions on, among other things, the manner in which a non-attorney may advise debtors and sets forth additional requirements regarding how services are provided, the reasonableness of a non-attorney’s fees and how court fees are collected and handled. The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 added certain additional disclosure requirements to Section 110 requiring prospective debtors to seek consumer credit counseling before filing for Chapter 7 bankruptcy.
 
We believe that our legal document processing services business model does not constitute the practice of law. From time to time, we receive inquiries from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities regarding our legal document processing services business model and the activities of our franchisees. We address these inquiries as they are made on a case-by-case basis. In many instances, no further inquiries or actions are taken by the state bar association or regulatory authority. Nevertheless, our business model has been and continues to be challenged in various states and by various U.S. bankruptcy trustees.
 
Privacy Regulation
 
We are subject to a variety of state, federal and foreign laws and regulations restricting the use and seeking to protect the confidentiality of identifying and other personal consumer information. We have procedures and systems in place designed to safeguard such information as required.
 
Other Regulation
 
We operate a total of 99 financial service stores in California. This state has enacted a so-called “prompt remittance” statute. This statute specifies a maximum time for the payment of proceeds from the sale of money orders to the issuer of the money orders. In this way, the statute limits the number of days, known as the “float,” that we have use of the money from the sale of money orders.


21


 

In addition to fee regulations, licensing requirements and prompt remittance statutes, certain jurisdictions have also placed limitations on the commingling of money order proceeds and established minimum bonding or capital requirements.
 
Proprietary Rights
 
We hold the rights to a variety of service marks relating to financial services we provide in our stores. In addition, we maintain service marks relating to the various names under which our stores operate.
 
Insurance Coverage
 
We maintain insurance coverage against losses, including theft, to protect our earnings and properties. We also maintain insurance coverage against criminal acts with a deductible of $50,000 per occurrence in the United States and the United Kingdom and C$25,000 per occurrence in Canada.
 
Employees
 
On June 30, 2009, we employed 4,522 persons worldwide, consisting of 427 persons in our accounting, management information systems, legal, human resources, treasury, finance and administrative departments and 4,095 persons in our stores, including customer service representatives, store managers, regional supervisors, operations directors and store administrative personnel.
 
None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.
 
Available Information
 
Our Internet address is www.dfg.com. There we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our Web site. The information found on our Web site is not part of this or any report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
 
Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
 
This report includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, anticipated improvements in operations, our plans, earnings, cash flow and expense estimates, strategies and prospects, both business and financial. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
 
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events, financial trends, litigation and industry regulations that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions, including, without limitation, with respect to risks, uncertainties, anticipated operating efficiencies, the general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, new business prospects and the rate of expense increases. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other cautionary statements in this Item 1A of our annual report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


22


 

Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
 
Our current business and future results may be affected by a number of risks and uncertainties, including those described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
If we do not generate a sufficient amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control, our liquidity and our ability to service our indebtedness and fund our operations would be harmed.
 
We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs. However, we have substantial debt service obligations, working capital needs and contractual commitments. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that our anticipated revenue growth will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us under credit facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our existing indebtedness, fund our expansion efforts or fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, adverse changes in any of the measures above may impact the value of the goodwill or other intangible assets on our balance sheet by causing us to write-down or write-off the balance completely.
 
Changes in applicable laws and regulations governing consumer protection and lending practices, both domestically and abroad, may have a significant negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business is subject to numerous state and certain federal and foreign laws and regulations which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. These regulations govern or affect:
 
  •  check cashing fees;
 
  •  licensing and posting of fees;
 
  •  lending practices, such as truth in lending and installment and single-payment lending;
 
  •  interest rates and usury;
 
  •  loan amount and fee limitations;
 
  •  currency reporting;
 
  •  privacy of personal consumer information; and
 
  •  prompt remittance of proceeds for the sale of money orders.
 
As we develop and introduce new products and services, we may become subject to additional federal, state and foreign regulations. In addition, future legislation or regulations may restrict our ability to continue our current methods of operation or expand our operations and may have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, local and federal governments may seek to impose new licensing requirements or interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways. Our business is also subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings, which could generate adverse publicity or cause us to incur substantial expenditures or modify the way we conduct our business.
 
Various anti-cash advance legislation has been proposed or introduced in the U.S. Congress. Congressional members continue to receive pressure from consumer advocates and other industry opposition groups to adopt such legislation. Any U.S. federal legislative or regulatory action that severely restricts or


23


 

prohibits cash advance and similar services, if enacted, could have an adverse impact on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Currently our check cashing and consumer lending activities are subject to only limited substantive regulation in Canada other than usury laws. The Canadian Parliament has recently transferred jurisdiction and the refinement of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. There can be no assurance that the new regulations that may be adopted would not have a detrimental effect on our consumer lending business in Canada. Historically our Canadian consumer lending activities were subject to provincial licensing in Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Newfoundland. A federal usury ceiling applies to loans we make to Canadian customers. Such borrowers historically contract to repay us in cash; if they elect to repay by check, we also collect, in addition to a permissible finance charge, our customary check-cashing fees. Effective May 3, 2007, the Canadian Parliament amended the federal usury law to transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulations of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. To date, the provinces of British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick have all passed laws to regulate short term consumer lenders and each are in process with regulations and rates. Alberta is currently working on changes to their existing Consumer Protection legislation to also regulate short term consumer lenders. In general, such regulations are similar to those in effect in the United States, which require lenders to be licensed, set maximum limits on the charges to the consumer for a loan and regulate collection practices.
 
In the United Kingdom, our consumer lending activities must comply with the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 and related rules and regulations which, among other things, require us to obtain governmental licenses and prescribe the presentation, form and content of loan agreements. The modification of existing laws or regulations in Canada and the United Kingdom, or the adoption of new laws or regulations restricting or imposing more stringent requirements on our international check cashing and consumer lending activities, could increase our operating expenses and significantly limit our international business activities.
 
Public perception and press coverage of single-payment consumer loans as being predatory or abusive could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
 
Consumer advocacy groups and some legislators have recently advocated governmental action to prohibit or severely restrict certain types of short-term consumer lending. Typically the consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage focus on lenders that charge consumers interest rates and fees that are higher than those charged by credit card issuers to more creditworthy consumers. This difference in credit cost may become more significant if a consumer does not repay the loan promptly, but renews the loan for one or more additional short-term periods. These types of short-term single-payment loans are often characterized by consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage as predatory or abusive toward consumers. If consumers accept this negative characterization of certain single-payment consumer loans and believe that the loans we provide to our customers fit this characterization, demand for our loans could significantly decrease, which could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
 
If our estimates of loan losses are not adequate to absorb losses, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses for anticipated losses on company-funded loans and loans in default. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, including the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current allowance for loan losses is based on our charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans. As of June 30, 2009, our allowance for loan losses on company-funded consumer loans that were not in default was $9.2 million and our allowance for losses on loans in default was $17.0 million. These reserves, however, are estimates, and if actual loan losses are materially greater than our loan loss reserves, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.


24


 

Legal proceedings may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows in future periods.
 
We are currently subject to a number of legal proceedings. We are vigorously defending these proceedings. In addition, we are likely to be subject to further legal proceedings in the future. The resolution of any current or future legal proceeding could cause us to have to refund fees and/or interest collected, refund the principal amount of advances, pay damages or other monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate our operations in particular local and federal jurisdictions. We may also be subject to adverse publicity. Defense of any legal proceedings, even if successful, requires substantial time and attention of our senior officers and other management personnel that would otherwise be spent on other aspects of our business and requires the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. Settlement of lawsuits may also result in significant payments and modifications to our operations. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Competition in the financial services industry could cause us to lose market share and revenues.
 
The industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and very competitive. In addition, we believe that the market will become more competitive as the industry consolidates. In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we compete with banks and other financial services entities and retail businesses that cash checks, offer consumer loans, sell money orders, provide money transfer services or offer other products and services offered by us. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations.
 
Unexpected changes in foreign tax rates and political and economic conditions could negatively impact our operating results.
 
We currently conduct significant check cashing and consumer lending activities internationally. Our foreign subsidiaries accounted for 70.6% of our total revenues during fiscal 2009 and 73.1% of our total revenues during fiscal 2008. Our financial results may be negatively impacted to the extent tax rates in foreign countries where we operate increase and/or exceed those in the United States and as a result of the imposition of withholding requirements on foreign earnings.
 
Risk and uncertainties related to political and economic conditions in foreign countries in which we operate could negatively impact our operations.
 
We currently conduct significant check cashing and consumer lending activities internationally. If political, regulatory or economic conditions deteriorate in these countries, our ability to conduct our international operations could be limited and our costs could be increased. Moreover, actions or events could occur in these countries that are beyond our control, which could restrict or eliminate our ability to operate in such jurisdictions or significantly reduce product demand and the expected profitability of such operations.
 
The international scope of our operations may contribute to increased costs and negatively impact our operations.
 
Our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom are significant to our business and present risks which may vary from those we face domestically. At June 30, 2009, assets held by our foreign subsidiaries represented 68.6% of our total assets. Since international operations increase the complexity of an organization, we may face additional administrative costs in managing our business. In addition, most countries typically impose additional burdens on non-domestic companies through the use of local regulations, tariffs and labor controls. Unexpected changes to the foregoing could negatively impact our operations.


25


 

Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We derive significant revenue, earnings and cash flow from our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom. Our results of operations are vulnerable to currency exchange rate fluctuations in the Canadian dollar and the British pound against the United States dollar. We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted reported pre-tax earnings from continuing operations (exclusive in fiscal 2009 of litigation expense of approximately $57.9 million, loss on store closings of approximately $10.3 million and an unrealized foreign exchange gain of approximately $5.5 million) by approximately $9.2 million for fiscal 2009 and $9.1 million for fiscal 2008. This impact represents 11.6% of our consolidated foreign pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2009 and 10.5% of our consolidated foreign pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2008.
 
Demand for our products and services is sensitive to the level of transactions effected by our customers, and accordingly, our revenues could be affected negatively by a general economic slowdown.
 
A significant portion of our revenues is derived from cashing checks. Revenues from check cashing accounted for 31.2% of our total revenues during fiscal 2009 and 34.4% of our total revenues during fiscal 2008. Any changes in economic factors that adversely affect consumer transactions and employment could reduce the volume of transactions that we process and have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.
 
If the national and world-wide financial crisis continues, potential disruptions in the credit markets may negatively impact the availability and cost of short-term borrowing under our credit facility, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
 
If internal funds are not available from our operations and after utilizing our excess cash we may be required to rely on the banking and credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets, as have been experienced during 2008 and 2009 could adversely affect our ability to draw on our bank revolving credit facility. Our access to funds under that credit facility is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to the facility to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time. In addition, the effects of the global recession and its effects on our operations and the translational effects of our foreign operations, could cause us to have difficulties in complying with our credit agreements.
 
Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives, or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our ability to refinance our existing credit facilities on favorable terms, if at all. The lack of availability under, and the inability to subsequently refinance, our credit facilities, could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital expenditures, including acquisitions, and reducing or eliminating other discretionary uses of cash.
 
Our business model for our legal document processing services business is being challenged in the courts, as well as by state legislatures, which could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
 
Our business model for our legal document processing services business is being challenged in various states and, at the federal level, by various United States bankruptcy trustees, as the unauthorized practice of law. A finding in any of these pending lawsuits and proceedings that our legal document processing services business model constitutes the unauthorized practice of law could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
 
Future legislative and regulatory activities and court orders may restrict our ability to continue our current legal document processing services business model or expand its use. For example, there have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in


26


 

Massachusetts, Colorado and Missouri to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys or prohibit non-attorneys from offering for sale certain legal documents.
 
Changes in local rules and regulations such as local zoning ordinances could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business can be subject to various local rules and regulations such as local zoning regulations. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other local governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products and services could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations or relocate existing stores.
 
A reduction in demand for our products and services and failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
The demand for a particular product or service we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that decrease customer access to particular products, the availability of competing products or changes in customers’ preferences or financial conditions. Should we fail to adapt to significant changes in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products or services, our revenues could decrease significantly and our operations could be harmed. Even if we do make changes to existing products or services or introduce new products or services to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject such products or services. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the results of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time and by that time it may be too late to make further modifications to such product or service without causing further harm to our business and results of operations.
 
Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to manage our growth effectively.
 
Our expansion strategy, which contemplates the addition of new stores and the acquisition of competitor stores, is subject to significant risks. Our continued growth is dependent upon a number of factors, including the ability to hire, train and retain an adequate number of experienced management employees, the availability of adequate financing for our expansion activities, the ability to successfully transition acquired stores or their historical customer base to our operating platform, the ability to obtain any government permits and licenses that may be required and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully grow our business or that our current business, results of operations and financial condition will not suffer if we are unable to do so. Expansion beyond the geographic areas where the stores are presently located will increase demands on management and divert their attention. In addition, expansion into new products and services will present new challenges to our business and will require additional management time.
 
Our ability to open and acquire new stores is subject to outside factors and circumstances over which we have limited control or that are beyond our control which could adversely affect our growth potential.
 
Our expansion strategy includes acquiring existing stores and opening new ones. The success of this strategy is subject to numerous outside factors, such as the availability of attractive acquisition candidates, the availability of acceptable business locations, the ability to access capital to acquire and open such stores and the ability to obtain required permits and licenses. We have limited control, and in some cases, no control, over these factors. Moreover, the start-up costs and the losses we likely would incur from initial operations attributable to each newly opened store place demands upon our liquidity and cash flow, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy these demands. The failure to execute our expansion strategy would adversely affect our ability to expand our business and could materially adversely affect our revenue, profitability and results of operations.


27


 

If we do not successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into our operations, our performance and results of operations could be negatively affected.
 
We have historically grown through strategic acquisitions and a key component of our growth strategy is to continue to pursue attractive acquisition opportunities. The success of our acquisitions is dependent, in part, upon our effectively integrating the management, operations and technology of acquired businesses into our existing management, operations and technology platforms, of which there can be no assurance. The failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses into our organization could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our check cashing services may further diminish because of technological advances.
 
We derive a significant component of our revenues from fees associated with cashing payroll, government and personal checks. Recently, there has been increasing penetration of electronic banking services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks and electronic transfer of government benefits. To the extent that checks received by our customer base are replaced with such electronic transfers, demand for our check cashing services could decrease.
 
Our business is seasonal in nature, which causes our revenues and earnings to fluctuate.
 
Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications for refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during the third fiscal quarter ending March 31 when revenues from these tax-related services peak. This seasonality requires us to manage our cash flows over the course of the year. If our revenues were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our financial results would be adversely impacted and our ability to service our debt, including our ability to make interest payments on our debt, may also be adversely affected.
 
Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we may be subject to cash shortages due to robbery, employee error and theft.
 
Since our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in each of our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from robberies as well as employee errors and theft. Although we have implemented various programs to reduce these risks, maintain insurance coverage for theft and provide security, systems and processes for our employees and facilities, we cannot assure you that robberies, employee error and theft will not occur and lead to cash shortages that could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.
 
Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our senior management team, which have been instrumental in procuring capital to assist us in executing our growth strategies, identifying and negotiating domestic and international acquisitions and providing expertise in managing our developing international operations. The loss of the services of one or more members of senior management could harm our business and future development. Our continued growth also will depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain the requisite personnel as needed in the future, our operating results and growth could suffer.
 
A catastrophic event at our corporate or international headquarters or our centralized call-center facilities in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our global business management processes are primarily provided from our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania, and our operations headquarters in Victoria, British Columbia, Nottingham, England and a satellite office in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. We also maintain a centralized call-center facility in Salt


28


 

Lake City, Utah that performs customer service, collection and loan-servicing functions for our consumer lending business, as well as similar facilities in Victoria, British Columbia, Nottingham, England and a satellite office in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. We have in place disaster recovery plans for each of these sites, including data redundancy and remote information back-up systems, but if any of these locations were severely damaged by a catastrophic event, such as a flood, significant power outage or act of terror, our operations could be significantly disrupted and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
 
Any disruption in the availability of our information systems could adversely affect our business operations.
 
We rely upon our information systems to manage and operate our stores and business. Each store is part of an information network that is designed to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances on a daily basis and report revenues and expenses to our headquarters. Our back-up systems and security measures could fail to prevent a disruption in our information systems. Any disruption in our information systems could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
 
In the event that our cash flow from operations are not sufficient to meet our future liquidity needs, a portion of the goodwill on our balance sheet could become impaired, which could significantly impact our total shareholders’ equity.
 
In the event that our cash flow from operations are not sufficient to meet our future liquidity needs, a portion of the goodwill on our balance sheet could become impaired as the fair value of our goodwill is estimated based upon a present value technique using discounted future cash flows. The balance of our goodwill as of June 30, 2009 of $406.6 million exceeded total shareholders’ equity of $171.3 million. As a result, a decrease to our cash flow from operations could result in a charge that significantly impacts the balance of our total shareholders’ equity.
 
Risks Relating to Our Capital Stock
 
The price of our common stock may be volatile.
 
The market price of our common stock has been subject to significant fluctuations and may continue to fluctuate or decline. Over the course of the twelve months ended June 30, 2009, the market price of our common stock has been as high as $21.91, and as low as $4.83. The market price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors, including quarterly variations in operating results, operating results which vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors, changes in financial estimates, changes in market valuations of competitors, announcements by us or our competitors of a material nature, additions or departures of key personnel, changes in applicable laws and regulations governing consumer protection and lending practices, the effects of litigation, future sales of common stock and general stock market price and volume fluctuations. In addition, general political and economic conditions such as a recession, or interest rate or currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the common stock of many companies, including our common stock. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.
 
We have never paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any in the foreseeable future.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.


29


 

Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
 
  •  a board of directors that is classified such that only one-third of directors are elected each year;
 
  •  authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •  limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent and requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and
 
  •  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law limits business combination transactions with 15% stockholders that have not been approved by the board of directors. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if the transaction may be considered beneficial by some stockholders.
 
Risks Relating to Our Outstanding Convertible Notes
 
Any change in the accounting method for convertible debt securities could have an adverse impact on our reported or future financial results and could adversely affect the trading price of our securities, including our common stock and the 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027.
 
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, a convertible debt security providing for net share settlement of the excess of the conversion value over the principal amount, if any, and meeting specified requirements under Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 00-19, “Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash upon Conversion,” is accounted for in a manner similar to nonconvertible debt, with the stated coupon constituting interest expense and any shares issuable upon conversion of the security being accounted for under the treasury stock method. The effect of the treasury stock method is that the shares potentially issuable upon conversion of our 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 are not included in the calculation of our earnings per share until the conversion price is “in the money,” and we are assumed to issue the number of shares of common stock necessary to settle.
 
We cannot predict any other changes in generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, that may be made affecting accounting for convertible debt securities. Any change in the accounting method for convertible debt securities could have an adverse impact on our reported or future financial results. These impacts could adversely affect the trading price of our securities, including our common stock and the 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027.
 
Item 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.


30


 

Item 2.   PROPERTIES
 
All of our company-operated stores and our administrative offices are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. The leases for our company-operated stores may contain provisions for additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges. With respect to leased locations open as of June 30, 2009, the following table shows the total number of leases expiring during the periods indicated, assuming the exercise of our renewal options:
 
         
    Number of
 
Period Ending June 30,
  Leases Expiring  
 
2010
    227  
2011 - 2013
    549  
2014 - 2018
    287  
2019 - 2023
    39  
Thereafter
    1  
         
      1,103  
         
 
The following table reflects the change in the number of stores during fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009:
 
                         
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Number of stores at beginning of period
    1,250       1,280       1,452  
New stores opened
    52       63       28  
Stores acquired
    115       172       17  
Stores closed
    (30 )     (15 )     (136 )
Net change in franchise/agent stores
    (107 )     (48 )     (155 )
                         
Number of stores at end of period
    1,280       1,452       1,206  
                         
 
See table on page 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K describing the number of stores by business unit.
 
Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part I, Item 8 “Note 14. Contingent Liabilities” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
None


31


 

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information
 
Our common shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DLLR.” Our common stock was initially offered to the public on January 28, 2005 at a price of $16.00. Below is a summary of the high and low prices of our common stock for each quarterly period during the two-year period ending June 30, 2009 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
                 
Period
  High     Low  
 
July 1, 2007 until September 30, 2007
  $ 30.09     $ 22.14  
October 1, 2007 until December 31, 2007
  $ 33.04     $ 26.02  
January 1, 2008 until March 31, 2008
  $ 31.10     $ 18.74  
April 1, 2008 until June 30, 2008
  $ 24.30     $ 15.05  
July 1, 2008 until September 30, 2008
  $ 21.91     $ 14.92  
October 1, 2008 until December 31, 2008
  $ 16.28     $ 5.89  
January 1, 2009 until March 31, 2009
  $ 10.74     $ 4.83  
April 1, 2009 until June 30, 2009
  $ 14.59     $ 8.41  


32


 

 
Stock Performance Graph
 
The SEC requires us to present a chart comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total stockholder return of (i) a broad equity index and (ii) a published industry or peer group index. Set forth below is a graph and table indicating the value at the end of the specified time periods of a $100 investment made on January 28, 2005 (the first day of trading of our common stock on the Nasdaq) in our common stock and similar investments made in the Nasdaq Composite Index and securities of companies in a peer group of financial services companies comprised of Advance America Cash Advance Centers, Inc., Cash America International, Inc., EZCorp Inc., First Cash Financial Services, Inc., and QC Holdings, Inc. The graph and table assume the reinvestment of any dividends received.
 
(STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                                                                     
      1/05       6/05       12/05       6/06       12/06       6/07       12/07       6/08       12/08       6/09  
Dollar Financial Corp.
      100.00         66.31         74.94         112.50         174.13         178.13         191.81         94.44         64.38         86.19  
NASDAQ Composite
      100.00         99.81         108.25         108.11         121.49         130.79         133.12         115.85         77.78         91.74  
Peer Group
      100.00         74.39         72.15         105.00         121.86         117.60         84.28         72.39         67.56         62.52  
                                                                                                     
 
Holders
 
On July 31, 2009, there were approximately 118 shareholders of record.
 
Debt Securities
 
Our credit agreement, as amended as of June 20, 2007, and our indenture dated June 27, 2007, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
Dividends
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be dependent upon the ability of OPCO, our wholly owned subsidiary, to pay dividends or


33


 

make cash payments or advances to us. Our credit agreement, as amended as of June 20, 2007, and our indenture, dated June 27, 2007, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. For example, OPCO’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us, and thus our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, will depend upon, among other things, its level of indebtedness at the time of the proposed dividend or distribution, whether it is in default under its financing agreements and the amount of dividends or distributions made in the past. Our future dividend policy will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a party and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.


34


 

 
Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The selected consolidated financial data set forth below are derived from our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008, 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 and 2008 are derived from, and qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this filing. The consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this filing. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
 
                                         
    2005(1)     2006(2)     2007(3)     2008(4)     2009(5)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Check cashing
  $ 128,748     $ 142,470     $ 166,754     $ 196,580     $ 164,598  
Fees from consumer lending
    153,004       162,588       227,445       292,517       275,272  
Money transfer fees
    14,771       17,205       20,879       27,512       26,823  
Other
    24,468       36,625       40,654       55,575       61,160  
                                         
Total revenues
    320,991       358,888       455,732       572,184       527,853  
                                         
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    91,982       106,823       129,522       159,363       145,716  
Provision for loan losses
    29,425       30,367       45,799       58,458       52,136  
Occupancy
    22,899       27,914       32,270       43,018       41,812  
Depreciation
    7,226       7,834       9,455       13,663       13,075  
Other
    62,371       69,024       83,195       98,452       93,310  
                                         
Total store and regional expenses
    213,903       241,962       300,241       372,954       346,049  
                                         
Store and regional margin
    107,088       116,926       155,491       199,230       181,804  
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Corporate expenses
    37,012       41,051       53,327       70,859       68,217  
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,776       3,655       3,390       3,902       3,827  
Interest expense, net
    33,878       29,702       31,462       36,569       35,099  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    8,097             31,784              
Goodwill impairment and other charges
                24,301              
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)
                7,551             (5,499 )
Provision for (proceeds from) litigation settlements
          5,800       (3,256 )     345       57,920  
Other expense, net
    4,696       2,239       1,400       367       5,442  
                                         
Income before income taxes
    19,629       34,479       5,532       87,188       16,798  
Income tax provision
    19,986       27,514       37,735       36,015       15,023  
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ 6,965     $ (32,203 )   $ 51,173     $ 1,775  
                                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38     $ (1.37 )   $ 2.12     $ 0.07  
Diluted
  $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37     $ (1.37 )   $ 2.08     $ 0.07  
Shares used to calculate net (loss) income per share:
                                       
Basic
    13,945,883       18,280,131       23,571,203       24,106,392       24,012,705  
Diluted
    13,945,883       18,722,753       23,571,203       24,563,229       24,136,235  
Operating and Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 22,245     $ 20,870     $ 29,277     $ 80,756     $ 59,204  
Investing activities
  $ (44,807 )   $ (39,415 )   $ (170,651 )   $ (166,956 )   $ (41,954 )
Financing activities
  $ 43,225     $ 39,696     $ 307,358     $ 288     $ 2,669  
Stores in operation at end of period:
                                       
Company-owned
    716       765       902       1,122       1,031  
Franchised stores/agents
    619       485       378       330       175  
                                         
Total
    1,335       1,250       1,280       1,452       1,206  
                                         


35


 

                                         
    2005(1)     2006(2)     2007(3)     2008(4)     2009(5)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Cash
  $ 92,504     $ 118,653     $ 290,945     $ 209,714     $ 209,602  
Total assets
  $ 387,856     $ 551,825     $ 833,619     $ 942,923     $ 922,640  
Total debt
  $ 271,764     $ 311,037     $ 576,910     $ 583,204     $ 574,990  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 59,636     $ 161,953     $ 145,983     $ 193,325     $ 171,252  
 
                         
 
(1) On January 4, 2005 we acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of International Paper Converters Limited, d/b/a Cheque Changer Limited. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $2.7 million and was funded through excess internal cash. On January 31, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Alexandria Financial Service, LLC and certain of its affiliates. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $11.9 million cash, which included a revenue earn-out of $2.0 million which was paid during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. On March 7, 2005, we entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (“Former WTP”) relating to the Former WTP’s retail-based legal document processing services business. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million, consisting of $10.5 million cash paid at closing, $2.0 million in unregistered shares of our common stock and $1.5 million paid at closing to an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the Former WTP; the $1.5 million in escrow was later returned to the Company. Our revolving credit facility and unregistered shares of our common stock were used to fund the purchase. On May 16, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Tenant Financial Enterprises, Inc., consisting of five financial services stores in Arizona. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $1.7 million cash. During fiscal 2005, we completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.1 million.
 
(2) In July 2005, we purchased 26 We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territory for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $5.0 million and was funded through excess internal cash. In October 2005, we purchased three We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores and related franchise territories for future development. In addition, we acquired three undeveloped territories from franchisees for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $1.6 million, consisting of $0.8 million cash paid at closing and a $0.7 million note payable. On March 9, 2006, we entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of eleven franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million cash. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase.
 
(3) On July 26, 2006, we used the $80.8 million net proceeds from the June 2006 follow-on offering of our common stock to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of OPCO’s 9.75% senior notes due 2011, which we refer to as the Notes, pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and used the remaining $2.6 million for working capital and general corporate purposes. On October 30, 2006, we announced the completion of the refinancing of OPCO’s existing credit facilities. We entered into a new $475 million credit facility, which we refer to as the New Credit Agreement, and completed our cash tender offer and consent solicitation by OPCO for OPCO’s Notes. We incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $31.8 million for fiscal 2007. In October 2006, we redeemed $198.0 million principal of the Notes and wrote off $7.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to this redemption.
 
On October 31, 2006, we purchased substantially all of the assets of 82 retail stores owned and operated by five existing National Money Mart franchisees. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $124.2 million cash and was funded by the Canadian Term Facility. On November 12, 2006, we purchased substantially all of the assets of the Money Corner, Inc. consisting of 23 financial services stores. The total aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $30.0 million cash. We used our U.S. revolving credit

36


 

facility to fund the purchase. During fiscal 2007, we completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.2 million.
 
In December 2006, we announced our restructuring plan for our WTP business. Under the plan, we closed our remaining twelve company-operated WTP stores. As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in the quarter ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $1.2 million cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operating stores and other initiatives. In addition, we incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges, including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees.
 
On June 27, 2007, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.875% of senior convertible notes due 2027 (“Convertible Notes”).
 
(4) On August 30, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 45 retail stores, operating as Check Casher, American Check Casher, Cash Advance, American Payday Loans, Cash Advance USA and Payday Loans (collectively, “American Payday Loans” or “APL Acquisition”). The purchase price was $29.3 million in cash, including $2.0 million in cash that is held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims. The Company expects the full return of the $2.0 million escrow balance. In addition, the agreement included a maximum revenue-based earn-out of up to $3.0 million which would have been payable in February 2009, however the provisions of the earn-out were not met. Between August 2007 and March 2008, we consummated a series of acquisitions of the 45 stores, which are located in Kansas, Missouri, Hawaii, Oklahoma, Arizona, Iowa, South Carolina and Nebraska.
 
On December 15, 2007, we consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 81 financial services stores and one corporate office in southeast Florida (the “CCS Acquisition”) from CCS Financial Services, Inc. d/b/a/ The Check Cashing Store (“CCS”). The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $102.1 million cash, including $6.0 million in cash to be held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims.
 
On December 19, 2007, we entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire all of the shares of Cash Your Cheque, Ltd, a U.K. entity, which operates seven check cashing and single-payment consumer lending stores. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $4.2 million in cash.
 
On February 26, 2008, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 10 financial stores in Ontario, Canada operating under the name Unicash. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $1.4 million cash.
 
During fiscal 2008, we completed various smaller acquisitions in Canada and the United Kingdom with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8.5 million.
 
(5) On October 17, 2008, we entered in a series of purchase agreements in the U.K. to acquire substantially all of the assets of six franchised stores from a franchisee. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $3.3 million in cash.
 
On April 21, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement of acquire all of the shares of Express Finance Limited, a U.K. internet-based consumer lending business. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $6.8 million in cash.
 
On June 29, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 2 pawn shops located n Scotland from Robert Biggar Limited. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $8.0 million in cash.
 
On June 30, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire 76% of the shares of Optima, S.A., a consumer lending business in Poland. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $5.6 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $6.3 million of debt.
 
During fiscal 2009, we completed various smaller acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.1 million.


37


 

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Executive Summary
 
We are the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc., which, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, is collectively referred to as OPCO. Historically, we have derived our revenues primarily from providing check cashing services, consumer lending and other consumer financial products and services, including money orders, money transfers, foreign currency exchange, branded debit cards, pawn lending, gold buying and bill payment. For our check cashing services, we charge our customers fees that are usually equal to a percentage of the amount of the check being cashed and are deducted from the cash provided to the customer. For our consumer loans, we receive interest and fees on the loans.
 
Most of our retail financial service locations issue single-payment consumer loans on the company-funded consumer loan model. In August 2007, we launched an internet single-payment loan site for residents of California and, in February 2008, for Arizona residents; and we plan to expand to other locations over time. During fiscal 2009, we acquired an established profitable U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business which was immediately accretive to earnings. The acquired company is competitively positioned in a rapidly growing market and further expands our expertise within the Internet lending arena. We believe we can export and leverage this expertise to other European countries as well as our Canadian business operations.
 
On August 30, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 45 retail financial services stores (the APL Acquisition) for $29.3 million in cash, which included $2.0 million in cash to be held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims. The Company expects the full return of the $2.0 million escrow balance. The purchase of the stores was consummated from late August 2007 through the middle of October 2007. The total aggregate purchase price for the 45 stores that were acquired during fiscal 2008 was $29.3 million in cash.
 
On November 15, 2007, we redeemed the remaining $2.0 million principal amount of our 9.75% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 104.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
 
On December 15, 2007, we consummated the purchase of substantially all of the assets of CCS Financial Services, Inc., d/b/a The Check Cashing Store, which operated 81 financial services stores in southeast Florida offering check cashing, single-payment short term consumer loans and other ancillary products. The total purchase price for the acquisition, including the consumer loan portfolio and cash in stores at closing, was $102.1 million in cash.
 
On June 30, 2008, as part of a process to rationalize our United States markets, we made a determination to close 24 of our unprofitable stores in various United States markets. In August 2008, we identified another 30 stores in the United States and 17 stores in Canada that were under-performing and which were closed or merged into a geographically proximate store. The primary cease-use date for these stores was in September 2008. Customers from these stores were transitioned to our other stores in close proximity to the stores affected. We recorded costs for severance and other retention benefits of $0.6 million and store closure costs of $4.9 million consisting primarily of lease obligations and leasehold improvement write-offs. Subsequent to the initial expense amounts recorded, we have recorded an additional $0.9 million of additional lease obligation expense for these locations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 we announced the closing of an additional 60 under-performing U.S. store locations. We recorded costs for severance and other retention benefits of approximately $0.4 million and store closure related costs of approximately $3.2 million consisting primarily of lease obligations and leasehold improvement write-offs. The closure of stores in the United States and Canada did not result in any impairment of goodwill since the store closures will be accretive to cash flow.
 
On July 21, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase plan, authorizing us to repurchase in the aggregate up to $7.5 million of our outstanding common stock, which is the maximum amount of common stock we can repurchase pursuant to the terms of our credit facility. By October 13, 2008, we had repurchased 535,799 shares of our common stock at a cost of approximately $7.5 million, thus completing our stock repurchase plan.


38


 

On April 21, 2009 we completed the acquisition of an established profitable U.K. internet-based consumer lending business which is immediately accretive. The acquired company is competitively positioned in a rapidly growing market and further expands our expertise within the internet lending arena. Moreover, we believe we can export and leverage this expertise to other European countries as well as our Canadian business unit.
 
On June 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of four stores in Northern Ireland. Three of the stores reside in central Belfast with the fourth store situated in the town of Lisburn, the third largest city in Northern Ireland. The acquired stores are multi-product locations offering check cashing, payday lending, and pawn broking services.
 
On June 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of two market leading traditional pawn shops located in Edinburgh and Glasgow, Scotland. The two stores were established in the year 1830 and primarily deal in loans securitized by gold jewelry and fine watches, while offering traditional secured pawn lending for an array of other items. Both stores are located in prominent locations on major thoroughfares and high pedestrian traffic zones.
 
On June 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of an established consumer lending business in Poland. The acquired company, Optima, S.A., founded in 1999 and headquartered in Gdansk, offers unsecured loans of generally 40 — 50 week durations with an average loan amount of $250 to $500. The loan transaction includes a convenient in-home servicing feature, whereby loan disbursement and collection activities take place in the customer’s home according to a mutually agreed upon and pre-arranged schedule. The in-home loan servicing concept is well accepted within Poland and Eastern Europe, and was initially established in the U.K. nearly 100 years ago. Customer sales and service activities are managed through an extensive network of local commission based representatives across 5 provinces in northwestern Poland.
 
During the fiscal quarter and fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, our Canadian subsidiary, Money Mart, recorded a charge of US$57.4 million in relation to the pending settlement of a class action proceeding in the province of Ontario, Canada and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in other Canadian provinces. There is no assurance that the Ontario settlement will receive final Court approval or that any of the other class action proceedings will be settled. Although we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in the proceedings and intend to vigorously defend against such claims, the ultimate cost of resolution of such claims, either through settlements or pursuant to litigation, may substantially exceed the amount accrued at June 30, 2009, and additional accruals may be required in the future.
 
Our expenses primarily relate to the operations of our store network, including the provision for loan losses, salaries and benefits for our employees, occupancy expense for our leased real estate, depreciation of our assets and corporate and other expenses, including costs related to opening and closing stores.
 
In each foreign country in which we operate, local currency is used for both revenues and expenses. Therefore, we record the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our foreign net income.
 
Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
 
In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, loan loss reserves and goodwill and intangible assets. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from our check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, foreign currency exchange, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other


39


 

revenues on our statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale in the store.
 
With respect to our franchised locations, we recognize initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines that we established. As part of the franchise agreement, we provide certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, we provide updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that we determine is necessary. Franchise/agent revenues were $7.0 million, $5.0 million and $4.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
For single-payment consumer loans that we make directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 45 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. Our reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
 
Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy
 
We maintain a loan loss reserve for probable losses inherent in the outstanding loan portfolio for single-payment and other consumer loans we make directly through our company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, including the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss reserve is based on our net charge-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the total amount of outstanding loans that we make directly. As these conditions change, we may need to make additional allowances in future periods. Despite the economic downturn in the U.S. and the foreign markets in which we operate, we have not experienced any material increase in the defaults on outstanding loans, however we have tightened lending criteria. Accordingly, we have not modified our approach to determining our loan loss reserves.
 
When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated customer check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. If the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an additional reserve for this defaulted loan receivable is established and charged to store and regional expenses in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current collection patterns and current economic trends is charged to store and regional expenses. If the loans remain in defaulted status for 180 days, a reserve for the entire amount of the loan is recorded and the receivable and corresponding reserve is ultimately removed from the balance sheet. The receivable for defaulted single-payment loans, net of the allowance of $17.0 million at June 30, 2009 and $22.6 million at June 30, 2008, is reported on our balance sheet in loans in default, net and was $6.4 million at June 30, 2009 and $11.3 million at June 30, 2008.
 
Check Cashing Returned Item Policy
 
We charge operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned, which generally is three to five business days after the check is cashed in our store. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense during the period in which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the need for an allowance for returned checks. These net losses are charged to other store and regional expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.


40


 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which we have determined to be our reportable operating segments of the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. The Company also has a corporate reporting unit which consists of costs related to corporate infrastructure, investor relations and other governance activities. Because of the limited activities of the corporate reporting unit, no goodwill has been assisgned. Goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit that benefit from the synergies arising from each particular business combination. The determination of the operating segments being equivalent to the reporting units for goodwill allocation purposes is based upon our overall approach to managing our business along operating segment lines, and the consistency of the operations within each operating segment. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis on June 30 or between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. To accomplish this, we are required to determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units. We are then required to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeded the fair value of the reporting unit, we would be required to perform a second step to the impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. If the amount of implied goodwill (which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit determined in the first step over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets of the reporting unit), is less than the recorded amount of goodwill, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded for the difference.
 
For the U.S. reporting unit, the amount of goodwill has increased significantly since June 30, 2007 primarily due to the acquisitions of APL and CCS during fiscal 2008. During 2009, the overall fair value of the U.S. reporting unit has declined based on the Company’s internal models; however, the performance of the two aforementioned acquisitions has continued to perform above initial expectations and the recent closure of unprofitable U.S. stores has improved store margins. Therefore, the fair value of the U.S. reporting unit, taken as a whole, continues to exceed its carrying value. The impact of the continued economic downturn, along with any federal or state regulatory restrictions on our short-term consumer lending product could reduce the fair value of the U.S. goodwill below its carrying value at which time we would be required to perform the second step of the transitional impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired.
 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of reacquired franchise rights, which are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized. Non-amortizable intangibles with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
 
We consider this to be one of the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis. This analysis requires us to make various judgmental assumptions about revenues, operating margins, growth rates, and discount rates. These assumptions are based on our budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond our long term business plan period. We perform our goodwill impairment test annually as of June 30, and our reacquired franchise rights impairment test annually as of December 31. At the date of our last evaluations, there was no impairment of goodwill or reacquired franchise rights. However, we may be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets prior to the required annual assessment if we experience a significant disruption to our business, unexpected significant declines in our operating results, divestiture of a significant component of our business, a sustained decline in market capitalization, particularly if it falls below our book value, or a significant change to the regulatory environment in which we operate. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, it is possible a material change could


41


 

occur, including if actual experience differs from the assumptions and considerations used in our analyses. These differences could have a material adverse impact on the consolidated results of operations, and cause us to perform the second step impairment test, which could result in a material impairment of our goodwill. We will continue to monitor our actual cash flows and other factors that may trigger a future impairment in the light of the current global recession.
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161), amends and expands the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 133) with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
 
As required by SFAS 133, we record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether we have elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. We may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or we elect not to apply hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
 
Income Taxes
 
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. An assessment is then made of the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognized threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 requires that a “more-likely-than-not” threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It requires that the new standard be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the period of adoption and that a corresponding adjustment, if required, be made to the opening balance of our retained earnings balance beginning July 1, 2007. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The implementation of FIN 48 did not result in any adjustment in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefits.


42


 

Results of Operations
 
The percentages presented in the following table are based on each respective year’s total consolidated revenues:
 
                                                 
    2007     2008     2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Total revenues:
                                               
Check cashing
  $ 166,754       36.6 %   $ 196,580       34.4 %   $ 164,598       31.2 %
Fees from consumer lending
    227,445       49.9 %     292,517       51.1 %     275,272       52.1 %
Money transfer fees
    20,879       4.6 %     27,512       4.8 %     26,823       5.1 %
Other
    40,654       8.9 %     55,575       9.7 %     61,160       11.6 %
                                                 
Total consolidated revenues
    455,732       100.0 %     572,184       100.0 %     527,853       100.0 %
                                                 
U.S. revenues:
                                               
Check cashing
    48,435       10.7 %     57,438       10.0 %     56,378       10.7 %
Fees from consumer lending
    73,611       16.2 %     79,838       14.0 %     79,612       15.1 %
Money transfer fees
    4,325       0.9 %     5,744       1.0 %     5,926       1.1 %
Other
    9,634       2.1 %     10,711       1.9 %     12,942       2.5 %
                                                 
Total U.S. revenues
    136,005       29.9 %     153,731       26.9 %     154,858       29.4 %
                                                 
Canadian revenues:
                                               
Check cashing
    66,646       14.6 %     81,806       14.4 %     67,830       12.8 %
Fees from consumer lending
    110,010       24.1 %     147,313       25.7 %     121,518       23.0 %
Money transfer fees
    11,678       2.6 %     16,124       2.8 %     15,092       2.9 %
Other
    24,202       5.3 %     34,248       5.9 %     31,827       6.0 %
                                                 
Total Canadian revenues
    212,536       46.6 %     279,491       48.8 %     236,267       44.7 %
                                                 
United Kingdom revenues:
                                               
Check cashing
    51,673       11.3 %     57,336       10.0 %     40,390       7.7 %
Fees from consumer lending
    43,824       9.6 %     65,366       11.4 %     74,142       14.0 %
Money transfer fees
    4,876       1.1 %     5,644       1.0 %     5,805       1.1 %
Other
    6,818       1.5 %     10,616       1.9 %     16,391       3.1 %
                                                 
Total United Kingdom revenues
    107,191       23.5 %     138,962       24.3 %     136,728       25.9 %
                                                 
Store and regional expenses:
                                               
Salaries and benefits
    129,522       28.4 %     159,363       27.9 %     145,716       27.6 %
Provision for loan losses
    45,799       10.0 %     58,458       10.2 %     52,136       9.9 %
Occupancy
    32,270       7.1 %     43,018       7.5 %     41,812       7.9 %
Depreciation
    9,455       2.1 %     13,663       2.4 %     13,075       2.5 %
Other
    83,195       18.3 %     98,452       17.2 %     93,310       17.7 %
                                                 
Total store and regional expenses
    300,241       65.9 %     372,954       65.2 %     346,049       65.6 %
                                                 
Store and regional margin
    155,491       34.1 %     199,230       34.8 %     181,804       34.4 %
                                                 
                                                 
Corporate expenses
    53,327       11.7 %     70,859       12.4 %     68,217       12.9 %
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,390       0.7 %     3,902       0.7 %     3,827       0.7 %
Interest expense, net
    31,462       6.9 %     36,569       6.4 %     35,099       6.6 %
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    31,784       7.0 %           %           %
Goodwill impairment and other charges
    24,301       5.3 %           %           %
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)
    7,551       1.7 %           %     (5,499 )     (1.0 )%
(Proceeds from) provision
                                               
for litigation settlements
    (3,256 )     (0.7 )%     345       0.1 %     57,920       11.0 %
Loss on store closings
    964       0.2 %     993       0.2 %     10,340       2.0 %
Other expense (income), net
    436       0.1 %     (626 )     (0.2 )%     (4,898 )     (0.9 )%
                                                 
Income before income taxes
    5,532       1.2 %     87,188       15.2 %     16,798       3.1 %
Income tax provision
    37,735       8.3 %     36,015       6.3 %     15,023       2.8 %
                                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (32,203 )     (7.1 )%   $ 51,173       8.9 %   $ 1,775       0.3 %
                                                 


43


 

Constant Currency Analysis
 
We maintain operations primarily in the United States, Canada and United Kingdom. Approximately 70% of our revenues are originated in currencies other than the US Dollar, principally the Canadian Dollar and British Pound Sterling. As a result, changes in our reported revenues and profits include the impacts of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As additional information to the reader, we provide “constant currency” assessments in the following discussion and analysis to remove and/or quantify the impact of the fluctuation in foreign exchange rates and utilize constant currency results in our analysis of segment performance. Our constant currency assessment assumes foreign exchange rates in the current fiscal periods remained the same as in the prior fiscal year periods. For the year ended June 30, 2009, the actual average exchange rates used to translate the Canadian and United Kingdom’s results were 0.8621 and 1.6109, respectively. For our constant currency reporting for comparing fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, the average exchange rates used to translate the Canadian and United Kingdom’s results were 0.9908 and 2.0038, respectively. For the year ended June 30, 2008, the actual average exchange rates used to translate the Canadian and United Kingdom’s results were 0.9908 and 2.0038, respectively. For our constant currency reporting for comparing fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the average exchange rates used to translate the Canadian and United Kingdom’s results were 0.8837 and 1.9332, respectively. All conversion rates are based on the US Dollar equivalent to one Canadian Dollar and one Great British Pound.
 
We believe that our constant currency assessments are a useful measure, indicating the actual growth and profitability of our operations. Earnings from our subsidiaries are not generally repatriated to the US; therefore, we do not incur significant gains or losses on foreign currency transactions with our subsidiaries. As such, changes in foreign currency exchange rates primarily impact only reported earnings and not our actual cash flow.
 
Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008
 
Revenues  Total revenues for the year ended June 30, 2009 decreased $44.3 million, or 7.7% as compared to the year ended June 30, 2008. The impact of foreign currency accounted for a decrease of approximately $67.2 million which was offset by new store openings and acquisitions of approximately $36.3 million. On a constant currency basis and after eliminating the impact of new stores and acquisitions, total revenues decreased by $13.4 million or 2.3%.
 
Relative to our products, consolidated check cashing revenue decreased $32.0 million or 16.3% for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the same period in the prior year. There was a decrease of $19.0 million related to foreign exchange rates and increases from new stores and acquisitions of $10.5 million. The remaining check cashing revenues were down $23.5 million or 11.9% for the current year. Eliminating the impacts of foreign exchange rates and new stores and acquisitions, check cashing revenues from our U.S. business segment decreased 14.1%, while the Canadian business declined 6.9% over the previous year’s period. Similarly, check cashing fees in the United Kingdom decreased 17.0% over the prior year’s period. On a consolidated constant currency basis, the face amount of the average check cashed increased 0.5% to $534 for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $531 for the prior year period while the average fee per check cashed remained consistent at approximately $19.85. During fiscal 2009, global check counts declined by approximately 6.6%.
 
Consolidated fees from consumer lending were $275.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $292.5 million for the year earlier period which is a decrease of $17.2 million or 5.9%. The impact of foreign currency fluctuations accounted for a decrease of approximately $35.3 million that was partially offset by new stores and acquisitions of $17.4 million. The remaining increase of $0.7 million was primarily provided by our operations in the United Kingdom which increased by 33.3% offset in part by both the U.S. and Canadian consumer lending businesses, which decreased by 12.4% and 7.6%, respectively. The increase in the United Kingdom is in part related to the strong growth in that country’s pawn lending business.
 
For the year ended June 30, 2009, money transfer fees decreased in reported amounts by $0.7 million, when adjusted for currency and excluding the impact from new stores and acquisitions, increased by $1.1 million or 4.1% for the year ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the year earlier period. On a constant


44


 

currency basis and excluding the impact from new stores and acquisitions, other revenue, increased by $8.3 million, or 15.0% in the current fiscal year, principally due to the success of the foreign exchange product, the debit card business, gold sales and other ancillary products.
 
Store and Regional Expenses  Store and regional expenses were $346.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $373.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2008, a decrease of $26.9 million or 7.2%. The impact of foreign currency accounted for a decrease of approximately $38.7 million which was partially offset by the impact associated with the two acquisitions during the first half of fiscal 2008 of approximately $16.1 million. On a constant currency basis and after eliminating the impact of new stores and acquisitions, store and regional expenses decreased by $4.3 million. For the current year cumulative period, total store and regional expenses increased to 65.6% of total revenue compared to 65.2% of total revenue for the year earlier period. After adjusting for constant currency reporting and eliminating the impact of new stores and acquisitions, the percentage of total store and regional expenses as compared to total revenue increased from the reported amount of 65.6% to 66.0% for fiscal 2009.
 
Relative to our business units, after excluding the impacts of foreign currency and acquisitions, U.S. store and regional expenses decreased by $20.5 million and Canada’s expenses remained relatively flat. The results in the United States and Canada are consistent with the closure of approximately 70 U.S. and Canadian stores that was announced earlier in the current fiscal year. In addition, there were an additional 60 U.S. stores that were closed during June 2009. The adjusted store and regional expenses in the United Kingdom were up approximately $16.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the prior year. The U.K. increase was primarily attributable to the categories of salary and benefits, occupancy, loan loss provision, depreciation and advertising which are all commensurate with growth in that country.
 
Corporate Expenses  Corporate expenses were $68.2 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $70.9 million for fiscal 2008, a decrease of $2.7 million or 3.8%. On a constant currency basis, corporate expenses increased by approximately $2.7 million. The increase is primarily due to increased regulatory and lobbying costs, increased investment in global management capabilities, additional investment in infrastructure to support our global de novo store growth, acquisitions strategy and management and integration of recent acquisitions.
 
Other Depreciation and Amortization  Other depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively unchanged and were $3.8 million for fiscal 2009 and $3.9 million for fiscal 2008.
 
Provision for (Proceeds from) Legal Settlements  Provisions for legal settlement were $57.9 million for the current fiscal year compared to $0.3 million in the year earlier period. The increase was almost solely driven as a result of a fourth quarter charge of $57.4 million by our Canadian subsidiary, Money Mart, on account of the pending class action settlement and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in other Canadian provinces.
 
Loss on Store Closings  The Company recognized loss on store closing expense of $10.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the year earlier period amount of $1.0 million. Of the current year amount, $7.2 million was recognized in the United States, $3.0 million in Canada and $0.2 million in the United Kingdom. These expenses were related to the Company’s efforts to eliminate under-performing locations as well as eliminating locations in states with uncertain or less favorable regulation or are located in areas/states where the Company has only a few locations resulting in an inefficient and more costly infrastructure.
 
Unrealized Foreign Exchange Gain  In May 2009, we executed an early settlement of its U.K. cross currency interest rate swaps that had been in place since December, 2006. These cross currency interest rate swaps had the impact of synthetically converting the foreign denominated debt into the local currency of the United Kingdom at a fixed rate of interest. As a result of that early settlement, the foreign currency impacts associated with the bank debt outstanding in both U.S. Dollars and Euros on the U.K.’s balance sheet is now recorded through our income statement — resulting in gain of $5.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2009.
 
Interest Expense  Interest expense was $35.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $36.6 million for the preceding year. On June 27, 2007, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes in a private offering for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A


45


 

under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proceeds from the Convertible Notes were initially invested until approximately $131.4 million was utilized during fiscal 2008 for the American Payday Loans and The Check Cashing Store acquisitions. For the year ended June 30, 2009, there was an increase in net interest expense of approximately $3.0 million resulting from a decrease of interest income related to the lower amount of short-term invested cash due to the aforementioned fiscal 2008 acquisitions, as compared to the prior year. This was offset by a decrease of approximately $4.5 million in interest expense resulting primarily from the impact of foreign currency translation of interest expense in our Canadian and U.K. operations. With the early settlement of the U.K.’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that were executed during the fourth quarter of this fiscal year, the interest rate for our U.K. debt will now be recorded at the variable interest rates provided for in the credit agreement.
 
Income Tax Provision  The provision for income taxes was $15.0 million for fiscal 2009 compared to a provision of $36.0 million for fiscal 2008. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 is 89.4% which is a combination of an effective rate of 106.4% on continuing operations and other one-time charges reduced by the impact of a favorable settlement granted in a competent authority tax proceeding between the United States and Canadian tax authorities related to transfers pricing matters for years 2000 through 2003 combined with an adjustment to our reserve for uncertain tax benefits related to years for which a settlement has not yet been received. The impact to our fiscal 2009 provision for income taxes related to these two items was $2.9 million. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% due to foreign taxes, permanent differences and a valuation allowance on U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets and the aforementioned changes to our reserve for uncertain tax positions. The principal reason for the significant difference in the effective tax rate between periods was the $57.4 million charge to earnings in connection with the pending Ontario settlement and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in other Canadian provinces. This charge caused a significant reduction in pre-tax income resulting in a material difference in the effective tax rate on continuing operations for fiscal 2009. Without the provision for legal settlements and Competent Authority settlement the effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 would have been 48.6%
 
The Company believes that its ability to utilize pre-2007 net operating losses in a given year will be limited to $9.0 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to as the Code, because of changes of ownership resulting from our June 2006 follow-on equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under the Code. The deferred tax asset related to excess foreign tax credits is also fully offset by a valuation allowance of $45.6 million. Additionally, we maintain foreign deferred tax assets in the amount of $28.4 million. Of this amount $1.3 million was recorded by our Canadian affiliate during fiscal 2007 related to a foreign currency loss sustained in connection with the hedge of its term loan. This deferred tax asset was offset by a full valuation allowance of $1.3 million since the foreign currency loss is capital in nature and at this time we have not identified any potential for capital gains against which to offset the loss.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The implementation of FIN 48 did not result in any adjustment in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. At June 30, 2009 we had $7.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, primarily related to transfer pricing matters, which if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. The reduction from the June 30, 2008 balance of $9.9 million was principally caused by the impact of the favorable competent authority ruling received from the Canadian taxing authorities during the current fiscal year.
 
The tax years ending June 30, 2005 through 2008 remain open to examination by the taxing authorities in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada.
 
We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2009, we had approximately $0.5 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions which remained materially unchanged from the prior year. The provision for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest, is included in income taxes payable.


46


 

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007
 
Revenues  Total revenues were $572.2 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $455.7 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of $116.5 million or 25.6%.
 
Consolidated check cashing revenue increased by 17.9%, or $29.8 million, from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008. Our Canadian business segment grew by 22.7%, while our U.K. business experienced growth of 11.0%. On a consolidated basis, the face amount of the average check cashed increased 10.1% to $531 for fiscal June 30, 2008 compared to $482 for the prior year period, resulting in the average fee per check cashed increasing by 7.2% to $19.85. Consolidated consumer lending revenue was $292.5 million for fiscal June 30, 2008, representing an increase of 28.6% or $65.1 million compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by strong performance in the international businesses as the Canadian market grew 33.9%, while the U.K. business realized growth of 49.2% over the prior year’s period. Money transfer fees for the year increased 31.8% year-over-year, driven by continued strong growth in our international markets. Other revenue increased by 50.1% for the year, principally due to the success of our MasterCard® and Visa® branded debit-card sales across our three key markets, as well as growth in the foreign currency product in Canada and the United Kingdom.
 
Currency rates in the United Kingdom and Canada accounted for $3.9 million and $25.7 million, respectively, of the increase in fiscal year 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007. On a constant currency basis, revenues in the United Kingdom and Canada for the entire period increased by $27.9 million and $41.4 million, respectively, primarily due to revenues from our consumer loan products and check cashing. Revenues from franchise fees and royalties decreased by $2.0 million primarily due to the acquisitions of franchise stores.
 
Store and Regional Expenses  Store and regional expenses were $373.0 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $300.2 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of $72.8 million or 24.2%. Currency rates in the United Kingdom and Canada attributed to $2.6 million and $13.4 million, respectively, of the increase in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007. For fiscal 2008, total store and regional expenses decreased to 65.2% of total revenues compared to 65.9% of total revenues for fiscal year 2007. On a constant currency basis, store and regional expenses increased $27.2 million in Canada, $10.3 million in the United Kingdom and $19.2 million in the United States. The increase in Canada was primarily due to increases in salaries, occupancy expenses, returned checks and cash shortages, the provision for loan losses and store maintenance expenses all of which are commensurate with the overall growth in Canadian revenues. These costs were offset by decreases in professional fees and advertising expenses. Similarly, in the United Kingdom, the increase is primarily related to increases in salaries, occupancy, returned checks and cash shortages, advertising and other costs commensurate with the growth in that country. These costs were offset by a decrease in the provision for loan losses due to improved collections. In the United States, the increase is due to salaries, occupancy, depreciation, returned checks and cash shortages and other incremental costs associated with the acquisitions in Southeast Florida and the Midwestern states.
 
Corporate Expenses  Corporate expenses were $70.9 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $53.3 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of $17.6 million or 33.0%. The increase is primarily due to increased regulatory and lobbying costs, additional investment in infrastructure to support our global de novo store growth, acquisitions strategy and management and integration of recent acquisitions.
 
Other Depreciation and Amortization  Other depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively unchanged and were $3.9 million for fiscal 2008 and $3.4 million for fiscal 2007.
 
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt  Loss on extinguishment of debt was $0.1 million for fiscal 2008 as compared to $31.8 million for fiscal 2007.
 
On June 16, 2006, we announced the pricing of an underwritten follow-on offering of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, we received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this follow-on offering, which on July 21, 2006 were used to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of our outstanding Notes. On October 30, 2006, we completed the refinancing of $198.0 million principal amount of the Notes and entered into the New Credit Agreement. On November 15, 2007, we redeemed the remaining $2.0 million principal amount outstanding of the Notes.


47


 

In connection with the redemptions of the aforementioned outstanding principal amounts of our Notes, we incurred related losses on the extinguishment of debt. For fiscal 2007 and 2008, the loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008  
 
Call premium
  $ 6.8     $ 0.1  
Tender premium
    17.6          
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    8.8          
Write-off of original issue premium
    (1.4 )        
                 
Total
  $ 31.8     $ 0.1  
 
Provision for (Proceeds from) Legal Settlement  The expense associated with legal settlements for fiscal 2008 amounted to $0.3 million related to our WTP business. Proceeds from legal settlements for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $3.3 million.
 
On October 21, 2005, we filed an action against IDLD, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield, which we refer to collectively as the IDLD Parties, alleging that the sellers of the WTP USA business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from us. We also asserted breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. In December 2006, we settled the matter with all of the IDLD Parties and as a result we received all of the funds, approximately $3.3 million, which had been held in escrow from the acquisition.
 
Goodwill Impairment and Other Charges  There were no charges for goodwill impairment during fiscal 2008. We incurred $24.3 million in goodwill impairment and other charges during fiscal 2007.
 
In December 2006, we announced a restructuring plan for the WTP business unit. As a result of the restructuring initiatives, fiscal 2007, we incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operated stores and other initiatives. In addition, we incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees.
 
Unrealized Foreign Exchange Loss  We incurred no charges for the mark to market of term loans in fiscal 2008. We incurred $7.6 million of charges in fiscal 2007 due to foreign currency translation adjustments related to our subsidiaries foreign debt, which is denominated in currencies other than their local currency, during the transition period until we completed cross currency interest rate swaps which synthetically converted the foreign debt into the local currency of each country.
 
Interest Expense  Interest expense was $36.6 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008 compared to $31.5 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. In July 2006, we used the proceeds from the June 2006 common stock offering to retire $70.0 million of outstanding principal of Notes. Furthermore, in September 2006 we commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of the remaining $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Notes. The total principal amount of the Notes tendered was $198.0 million. On October 30, 2006, we completed the refinancing of our existing credit facilities and entered into the New Credit Agreement which consisted of $375.0 million six year term loans held by our foreign subsidiaries, a $75.0 million revolving credit facility in the U.S. and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility in Canada. On June 27, 2007, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes in a private offering for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As a result of the higher outstanding long term debt during fiscal 2008, interest expense increased $16.1 million compared to fiscal 2007. Furthermore, the amortization of deferred issuance costs related to the New Credit Agreement accounted for a $1.6 million increase in interest expense. Offsetting these increases was $4.4 million in interest income from the short-term investment of the proceeds from the sale of Convertible Notes and $5.9 million from the reduction in the overall lower blended interest rate in the new facility and convertible debt compared to the blended rate of the long-term debt for the same period in the prior year. In addition, due to the proceeds from the sale of Convertible Notes, we did not draw down on our


48


 

U.S. or Canadian revolving credit facility and only minimally on our U.K facility in fiscal 2008 which accounted for a $2.8 million reduction for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the same period in the prior year.
 
Income Tax Provision  The provision for income taxes was $36.0 million for fiscal 2008 compared to a provision of $37.7 million for fiscal 2007. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% due to foreign taxes, permanent differences and a valuation allowance against U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets. Our effective income tax rate was 41.3% for fiscal 2008 and 682.1% for fiscal 2007. The principal reason for the significant difference in the effective tax rate between periods was the reduction in U.S. interest expense during fiscal 2007 due to the retirement of public debt and the issuance of convertible debt fiscal 2007, the tax effects of the WTP restructuring completed in December 2006, and the $5.9 million withholding tax recorded in connection with dividends received from Canada, each recorded in fiscal 2007. Furthermore, in addition to the current fiscal year’s taxable U.S. loss, $9.0 million of prior year’s net operating losses (NOL’s) and foreign tax credits were utilized to eliminate U.S. tax on the deemed dividend from Canada. The use of the NOL’s resulted in a $3.1 million corresponding reduction in the U.S. valuation allowance. These differences necessitated an increase in the valuation allowance resulting in an increase in the effective tax rate for the twelve month period ending June 30, 2007.
 
Prior to the global debt restructuring completed in fiscal 2007, interest expense in the United States resulted in U.S. tax losses, thus generating deferred tax assets. At June 30, 2008 we maintained deferred tax assets of $109.9 million which is offset by a valuation allowance of $97.7 million of which $3.7 million was provided for during fiscal 2008. The $109.9 million in deferred tax assets consists of $50.5 million related to net operating losses and the reversal of temporary differences, $45.7 million related to foreign tax credits and $13.7 million in foreign deferred tax assets. At June 30, 2008, U.S. deferred tax assets related to net operating losses and the reversal of temporary differences were reduced by a valuation allowance of $50.5 million, which reflects a decrease of $3.5 million during the year. The aggregate increase in U.S. deferred tax assets during the year was principally caused by the excess of foreign tax credit carry forwards expected to be generated from a taxable deemed dividend to be recorded during the current year offset in part by a reduction in deferred tax assets resulting from additional net operating loss utilization during the taxable years ended June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2008. The net operating loss carry forward at June 30, 2008 was $86.3 million. The reduction in net operating loss carry forwards between fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 from $99.0 million to $86.3 million is a combination of a reduction of $3.7 million in the company’s 2006 net operating loss carry forward and the anticipated utilization of $9.0 million of loss carry forwards to offset U.S. tax on a taxable deemed dividend to be recorded during fiscal 2008.
 
We believe that our ability to utilize net operating losses in a given year will be limited to $9.0 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to as the Code, because of changes of ownership resulting from our June 2006 follow-on equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under the Code. The deferred tax asset related to excess foreign tax credits is also fully offset by a valuation allowance of $45.7 million. Additionally, we maintain foreign deferred tax assets in the amount of $13.7 million. Of this amount $1.5 million was recorded by our Canadian affiliate during fiscal 2007 related to a foreign currency loss sustained in connection with the hedge of its term loan. This deferred tax asset was offset by a full valuation allowance of $1.5 million since the foreign currency loss is capital in nature and at this time we have not identified any potential for capital gains against which to offset the loss.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The implementation of FIN 48 did not result in any adjustment in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. At the adoption date of July 1, 2007, we had unrecognized tax benefit reserves related to uncertain tax positions of $7.6 million which, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate. At June 30, 2008 we had $9.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, primarily related to transfer pricing matters, which if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.
 
The tax years ending June 30, 2004 through 2007 remain open to examination by the taxing authorities in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada.


49


 

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately $0.7 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions which remained materially unchanged from the prior year. The provision for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest, is included in income taxes payable.
 
Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008
 
                         
                % Inc/Dec -
 
    Year Ended June 30     Margin
 
    2009     2008     Change  
    Thousands of US$  
 
Revenue:
                       
United States
  $ 154,858     $ 153,731       0.7 %
Store and regional margin
    13.7 %     10.1 %     3.6 pts.  
Canada
    236,267       279,491       −15.5 %
Store and regional margin
    44.1 %     45.9 %     (1.8 ) pts.
United Kingdom
    136,728       138,962       −1.6 %
Store and regional margin
    41.2 %     39.9 %     1.3 pts.  
                         
Total Revenue
  $ 527,853     $ 572,184       −7.7 %
                         
Store and regional margin
  $ 181,804     $ 199,230       −8.7 %
                         
Store and regional margin %
    34.4 %     34.8 %     (0.4 ) pts.
 
The following table represents each reportable segment’s revenue as a percentage of total segment revenue and each reportable segment’s pre-tax income as a percentage of total segment pre-tax income:
 
                                 
    Revenue
    Pre-Tax Income
 
    Year Ended June 30     Year Ended June 30  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
United States
    29.3 %     26.9 %     (36.0 )%     (4.8 )%(1)
Canada
    44.8 %     48.8 %     91.3 %     78.8 %(2)
United Kingdom
    25.9 %     24.3 %     44.7 %     26.0 %(3)
 
 
(1) Excludes $0.4 million related to litigation settlements.
 
(2) Excludes $57.4 million related to litigation settlements.
 
(3) Excludes $5.5 million unrealized foreign exchange gain on term loan.
 
United States
 
Total U.S. revenues were $154.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $153.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008, an increase of 0.7%. Excluding the impacts of acquisitions and new store activity, U.S. revenues decreased by $20.0 million. This decline is primarily related to decreases of $8.1 million and $9.9 million in check cashing and consumer lending revenue, respectively. Excluding acquisition-related impacts, the face value of checks cashed and the number of checks cashed is down 17.3% and 21.9%, respectively. In addition to a general decrease in our U.S. check cashing business, the closure of 54 stores in the first quarter of the current fiscal year also negatively impacted U.S. check cashing revenues on a year over year basis. However, as a result of the closure of these unprofitable stores, we increased our overall U.S. margins. Check cashing revenues as reported are also lower as a result of lower average fees per check associated with the CCS operations acquired during December of 2007.
 
Increasing unemployment through all sectors of the U.S. economy in the current period negatively impacted consumer lending volumes. As a result of current economic conditions, we are taking a more cautious approach to lending in all of our segments, including the United States. Lastly, the closure of


50


 

underperforming stores during the first quarter of the current fiscal year has also contributed to lower year-over-year lending volumes. Excluding the impacts of acquisitions, U.S. funded loan originations decreased 14.8% or $51.5 million in the current year’s period as compared to the year earlier period.
 
Store and regional expenses in the United States decreased by $4.5 million, or 3.2%, from fiscal year 2008 as compared to the cumulative current period. Excluding the impacts of acquisitions, U.S. store and regional expenses decreased by approximately $20.6 million. The decrease is due primarily to the closure of 54 underperforming stores and the Company’s efforts in the area of expense control. We continue to closely monitor and control expenses. Further, the U.S. provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan revenues decreased by 5.0 pts from 31.2% for the year ended June 30, 2008 as compared to 26.2% for the current fiscal year due to improved collections and a tightening of our lending criteria.
 
Store and regional margins in the United States increased to 13.7% for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to 10.1% for the prior fiscal year. The U.S. store and regional margins are significantly lower than the other segments. The primary drivers for this disparity are higher U.S. salary costs, somewhat higher occupancy costs and higher loan loss provisions. Management is addressing the lower U.S. margins, which is evident with the closure of 54 underperforming stores earlier in the fiscal year as well as the closure of approximately 60 U.S. stores in the fourth quarter of the current fiscal year. It is anticipated that the closure of these mostly underperforming stores will be accretive to earnings.
 
The U.S. pre-tax loss was $25.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to a pre-tax loss of $4.2 million for the same period in the prior year. The $21.2 million decline for the current year period can be attributed to $6.3 million in additional costs related to the closure of approximately 114 underperforming stores during the current fiscal year. In addition, U.S. net interest expense increased by $4.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase is attributable to lower interest income of $2.1 million as a result of cash used for the fiscal 2008 acquisitions, $1.7 million related to intercompany debt interest and $0.9 million in increased interest related to the revolving credit facility. The balance of the decline can be attributed to a prior year transfer pricing adjustment, offset in part by higher store and regional margins in fiscal 2009 as a result of the fiscal 2008 acquisitions.
 
Canada
 
Total Canadian revenues were $236.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of 15.5% or $43.2 million as compared to the year earlier period. The impact of foreign currency rates accounted for $34.4 million of this decrease offset by $5.5 million of acquisitions and new stores. In constant dollars and excluding the impacts of acquisitions and new stores, the net decrease of Canadian revenues from fiscal year 2008 compared to the current fiscal year is $14.3 million. Constant dollar decreases of $5.6 million in check cashing revenues and $11.3 million in consumer lending revenues were offset by increases of $0.8 million in money transfer fees and $1.8 million in other revenues. On a constant dollar basis, check cashing revenues in Canada were impacted by decreases in the number of checks and the face value of checks - down by 11.6% and 8.1%, respectively. The average face amount per check increased by 3.9%, while the average fee per check increased by 7.2% for the year ended June 30, 2009 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2008.
 
The decrease in Canadian consumer lending revenue is consistent with some of the same factors that were mentioned in relation to the U.S. business, regarding the effects of the global recession on the Canadian economy and employment. In addition, our Canadian subsidiary has diminished the scale and tone of its Canadian marketing and advertising campaigns, as many of the Canadian provinces are actively engaged in formulating and/or instituting their respective consumer lending regulations and rate structures. Accordingly, as expected, new customer growth in Canada has softened. On a constant currency basis, company funded loan originations in Canada decreased $64.5 million or 6.8% in the current fiscal year as compared to the fiscal year 2008.
 
Store and regional expenses in Canada decreased $19.3 million or 12.8% from $151.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2008 to $132.0 million in the current fiscal year. The entire decrease is related to the impacts of changes in foreign currency rates. On a constant currency basis, provision for loan losses, as a percentage of loan revenues, has increased by 0.8 pts from 18.4% to 19.2%. Overall Canada’s store and


51


 

regional margin percentage has decreased from 45.9% to 44.0%. The decrease in store margin percentage is primarily due to lower revenues offset in part by lower expenses through continued focus on our cost controls.
 
The Canadian pre-tax income was $0.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to pre-tax income of $68.7 million for the same period in the prior year or a $67.9 million decline year-over-year. On a constant currency basis, pre-tax income decreased $66.3 million. The primary reason for the large decrease in pre-tax income was the $57.4 million of expense related to the pending class action settlement and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in the other Canadian provinces. Other factors impacting the Canadian pre-tax income were lower store and regional operating margins and expenses related to the closure of approximately 20 under-performing locations. These additional expenses were offset by lower corporate-related expenses, lower net interest expense and the benefit from an exercise of its in-the-money puts which are designated as cash flow hedges as well as gains from the revaluation of foreign currencies related to its foreign exchange product. The balance of the increase relates to a transfer pricing adjustment in the prior year.
 
United Kingdom
 
Total U.K. revenues were $136.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $139.0 million for the year earlier period, a decrease of $2.2 million. The current year results were impacted by foreign currency decreases of $32.8 million offset by acquisitions and new stores of $9.7 million. In constant dollars and excluding the impact of acquisitions and new stores, U.K.’s revenues increased by $20.9 million or 15.0%. U.K.’s revenues exhibited growth in consumer lending and other revenues (pawn broking, gold scrap sales and foreign exchange products). As in the other two business sectors, U.K. check cashing revenues — on a constant currency basis and excluding acquisitions and new stores — decreased by approximately $9.8 million, or 17.0%. The U.K. recession and rising unemployment and the shrinking construction industry in the London area, principally due to the slowing housing market, were the primary drivers of the decreased check cashing fees in the United Kingdom.
 
The U.K. business showed strong growth in both consumer lending and other revenues. On a constant dollar basis and excluding the impacts of acquisitions and new stores, consumer lending revenues increased by $21.8 million or 33.3% and other revenues increased by $8.0 million or 74.9%. The increase in other revenues is principally due to the success of the foreign exchange product, the debit card business, gold sales and other ancillary products. On a constant currency basis, U.K. loan originations for the current quarter increased by $122.5 million or 33.9%. Consumer lending in the U.K. continues to benefit from a growing market of its loan products, in addition to strong growth in the pawn business, which primarily consists of loans on collateralized gold jewelry.
 
Store and regional expenses in the U.K. decreased by $3.1 million, or 3.7% from $83.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2008 as compared to $80.3 million for the current fiscal year. Excluding the impacts of changes in foreign currency rates, U.K. store and regional expenses increased by $16.0 million. The primary factors in the increased expenses were in the areas of salary/benefits, occupancy and depreciation — all areas that are consistent with an operation that is in a growth mode and has added approximately 25 new stores through either acquisition or de novo store builds. There was an increase of 1.0 pt relating to the provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan revenues. On a constant currency basis, the rate for the year ended June 30, 2008 was 9.9% while for the current fiscal year, the rate has increased to 10.9%. On a constant currency basis, U.K. store and regional margin percentage has improved from 39.9% for the year earlier period to 41.3% for the current year ended June 30, 2009 due to the strong revenue growth offset in part with a marginal increase in costs.
 
The U.K. pre-tax income was $36.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $22.7 million for the same period in the prior year or an increase of $13.7 million. On a constant currency basis the increase year-over-year was $22.8 million. In addition to the aforementioned increase in store and regional margins, the U.K. benefited from the exercise of its in-the-money put options which are designated as cash flow hedges. Furthermore, the unrealized gain of its term loans which are not denominated in GBP and the revaluation of


52


 

foreign currencies held in U.K. stores for its foreign currency exchange product contributed to the balance of the increase.
 
Fiscal 2008 compared to Fiscal 2007
 
                         
                % Inc/Dec -
 
    Year Ended June 30     Margin
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    Thousands of US$  
 
Revenue:
                       
United States
  $ 153,731     $ 136,005       13.0 %
Store and regional margin
    10.1 %     12.6 %     2.5 pts.  
Canada
    279,491       212,536       31.5 %
Store and regional margin
    45.9 %     47.9 %     2.0 pts.  
United Kingdom
    138,962       107,191       29.6 %
Store and regional margin
    39.9 %     34.1 %     5.8 pts.  
                         
Total Revenue
  $ 572,184     $ 455,732       25.6 %
                         
Store and regional margin
  $ 199,230     $ 155,491       28.1 %
                         
Store and regional margin %
    34.8 %     34.1 %     0.7 pts.  
 
The following table represents each reportable segment’s revenue as a percentage of total segment revenue and each reportable segment’s pre-tax income as a percentage of total segment pre-tax income:
 
                                 
    Revenue
    Pre-Tax Income
 
    Year Ended June 30     Year Ended June 30  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
United States
    26.9 %     29.8 %     (4.8 )%     (26.1 )%(1)
Canada
    48.8 %     46.6 %     78.8 %     100.3 %(2)
United Kingdom
    24.3 %     23.5 %     26.0 %     25.8 %(3)
 
 
(1) Excludes one time charges of $31.8 million loss on extinguishment of debt, $24.3 million goodwill impairment and other charges of $3.3 million proceeds from litigation settlement.
 
(2) Excludes $8.4 million unrealized foreign exchange loss on term loan.
 
(3) Excludes $0.8 million unrealized foreign exchange gain on term loan.
 
United States
 
Total U.S. revenues were $153.7 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $136.0 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of 13.0%. This increase is a result of the acquisitions in Southeast Florida and the Midwestern states. Excluding the acquisitions, U.S. revenue would have declined by 15.2%. This decline is primarily due to a decline in consumer lending revenue related to the discontinuance of our bank-funded CustomCash® domestic installment loan program. The bank lender, First Bank, advised us that effective April 2007, it would no longer distribute its longer-term installment loans through third-party retail locations and instead would distribute such loans only through its own branch offices and the Internet. Accordingly, we have successfully transitioned our CustomCash® installment loan product customers to our company-funded short-term single payment loan but in most cases at lower principal and fee amounts as mandated by the laws in the states in which we operate. Beginning July 2007, we began offering company-funded CustomCash® domestic installment loans in our New Mexico market and began offering this product in our Utah market in January 2008. In August 2007, we launched an internet single-payment term loan site for residents of California and, in February 2008, for Arizona residents.
 
U.S. check cashing revenues, excluding the acquisitions, declined 6.1% as a result of a 4.7% decline in check counts and a 1.5% decline in the average fee per check. Including the acquisitions, check cashing


53


 

revenues increased 18.5% due to the increased volume while the average fee per checked decreased to $13.77 in fiscal 2008 from $14.51 in fiscal 2007. All other U.S. revenues were essentially flat in fiscal 2008 as compared with the prior year.
 
Store and regional expenses in the United States, excluding the acquisitions, declined by 7.1% in fiscal 2008 compared to the prior year offsetting a portion of the revenue declines. Including the acquisitions, store and regional expenses increased 16.2% which is commensurate with the revenue generated from the two acquisitions. The U.S. provision for loan losses as a percent of loan revenue increased 1.0 pt. from 30.3% in fiscal 2007 to 31.3% in fiscal 2008. Overall U.S. store and regional margins declined to 10.1% of revenue in fiscal 2008 compared to 12.6% in fiscal 2007.
 
The U.S. pre-tax loss was $4.2 million for fiscal 2008 compared to a pre-tax loss of $70.0 million for fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007, the United States incurred a $31.8 million one-time charge for the extinguishment of debt related to the cash tender offer of our U.S. 9.75% senior notes due 2011. Also in fiscal 2007, due to the inability of the United States to integrate the We The People Business into its existing check cashing and payday lending store network along with the litigation surrounding the We The People business, we approved and implemented a restructuring plan for the We The People Business and incurred a goodwill impairment and other charges of $24.3 million. Finally, during fiscal 2007, we settled the action we filed against IDLD, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield and as a result we received $3.3 million (see Provision for (Proceeds from) Legal Settlement earlier in the discussion and analysis). Excluding these one-time charges in fiscal 2007, we reduced our U.S. pre-tax loss by $13.0 million from $17.2 million in fiscal 2007 to $4.2 million in fiscal 2008.
 
On June 30, 2008, as part of a process to rationalize our U.S. markets, we made a determination to close 24 of our unprofitable stores in various U.S. markets. Subsequent to the 2008 fiscal year end, in August 2008, we identified another 29 stores in the United States that are underperforming and which will be closed or merged into a geographically proximate store.
 
Canada
 
Total Canadian revenues were $279.5 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $212.5 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of $67.0 million or 31.5%. The effect of the 82 store franchise acquisition in early fiscal 2007 accounted for $25.3 million of the increase and currency rates attributed to $25.7 million of the increase. Excluding the impact of the change in currency rates, year over year: check cashing revenue increased by $7.1 million or 9.5%; consumer lending revenue increased $24.0 million or 19.5%; money transfer fees increased $3.0 million or 23.2% and; other revenues, principally branded debit card sales and the foreign currency product, increased by $7.1 million or 26.2%. The impact of the 82 store franchise acquisition in early fiscal 2007 accounted for $6.2 million of the check cashing increase, $14.2 million of the consumer lending increase, $1.5 million of the money transfer fee increase and $3.3 million of the other revenue increase.
 
With regard to the increase in Canadian check cashing revenue, while the number of checks cashed remained relatively flat year over year, the average face amount per check increased from $448.96 in fiscal 2007 to $539.83 in fiscal 2008 or an increase of 20.2%. Excluding the impact of exchange rates, the increase was approximately 7.4%. Consequently, the overall average fee per check increased from $15.43 in fiscal 2007 to $18.66 in fiscal 2008 or an increase of 20.9%. Excluding the impact of exchange rates, the increase was approximately 7.9%. Excluding the change in currency rates, consumer loan originations increased by $85.3 million year over year accounting for the overall growth in consumer lending revenue.
 
Store and regional expenses in Canada increased $40.6 million or 36.7% from $110.7 million in fiscal 2007 to $151.3 million in fiscal 2008. Changes in the currency rate attributed to $13.4 million of this increase. The balance of the increase in store and regional expenses is commensurate with the revenue growth. The Canadian provision for loan losses as a percent of loan revenue increased 6.0 pts. from 12.4% in fiscal 2007 to 18.4% in fiscal 2008. Overall Canadian store and regional margins declined to 45.9% of revenue in fiscal 2008 from 47.9% in fiscal 2007.


54


 

The Canadian pre-tax income was $68.7 million for fiscal 2008 compared to pre-tax income of $57.8 million for fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007 Canada incurred a one-time charge of $8.4 related to the mark to market of term loan debt which is denominated in U.S. dollars. In December 2006 this debt was hedged through cross currency interest rate swaps which synthetically converted the U.S. denominated debt into the local currency thus eliminating any future mark to market gains or losses. Excluding this one-time charge in fiscal 2007, we increased our Canadian pre-tax income by $2.5 million from $66.2 million in fiscal 2007 to $68.7 million in fiscal 2008. Changes in currency rates accounted for an additional $8.0 million of pre-tax income in fiscal 2008 as compared to the same period in the prior year.
 
In August 2008, the Company identified 17 stores in Canada that are underperforming which will be closed or merged into a geographically proximate store.
 
United Kingdom
 
Total U.K. revenues were $139.0 million for fiscal 2008 compared to $107.2 million for fiscal 2007, an increase of $31.8 million or 29.6%. Excluding the impact of the change in currency rates, year over year: check cashing revenue increased by $3.8 million or 7.1%; consumer lending revenue increased $20.0 million or 43.9%; money transfer fees increased $0.6 million or 11.7% and; other revenues, principally the foreign currency product and unredeemed pawn sales, increased by $3.3 million or 64.2% reflecting very strong growth in these two products.
 
With regard to the increase in U.K. check cashing revenue, while the number of checks cashed remained relatively flat year over year, the average face amount per check increased from $739.76 in fiscal 2007 to $775.71 in fiscal 2008 or an increase of 4.9%. Excluding the impact of exchange rates, the increase was approximately 1.2%. However, as a result of the type of checks cashed, the overall average fee per check increased from $38.33 in fiscal 2007 to $42.57 in fiscal 2008 or an increase of 11.1%. Excluding the impact of exchange rates, the increase was approximately 7.2%. Excluding the change in currency rates, consumer loan originations increased by $85.7 million year over year accounting for the overall growth in consumer lending revenue.
 
Store and regional expenses in the United Kingdom increased by $12.9 million or 18.2% from $70.6 million in fiscal 2007 to $83.5 million in fiscal 2008. Changes in the currency rates attributed to $2.6 million of this increase. The balance of the increase in store and regional expenses is commensurate with the revenue growth. The U.K. provision for loan losses as a percent of loan revenue declined 12.5 pts. from 22.4% in fiscal 2007 to 9.9% in fiscal 2008 reflecting significant improvements in collection practices. Overall U.K. store and regional margins increased to 39.9% of revenue in fiscal 2008 from 34.1% in fiscal 2007.
 
The U.K. pre-tax income was $22.7 million for fiscal 2008 compared to pre-tax income of $17.8 million for fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007 the United Kingdom incurred a one-time gain of $0.8 related to the mark to market of term loan debt which is denominated in currencies other than the local currency. In December 2006 this debt was hedged through cross currency interest rate swaps which synthetically converted the debt into the local currency thus eliminating any future mark to market gains or losses. Excluding this one-time benefit in fiscal 2007, we increased our U.K. pre-tax income by $5.7 million from $17.0 million in fiscal 2007 to $22.7 million in fiscal 2008. Changes in currency rates accounted for $0.6 million of the increase in fiscal 2008 as compared to the same period in the prior year.
 
Seasonality
 
Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications of refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during our third fiscal quarter ending March 31, when revenues from these tax-related services peak. Due to the seasonality of our business, results of operations for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. In addition, quarterly results of operations depend significantly upon the timing and amount of revenues and expenses associated with the addition of new stores.


55


 

Balance Sheet Variations
 
June 30, 2009 compared to June 30, 2008.
 
Loans receivable, net decreased by $1.1 million to $114.7 million at June 30, 2009 from $115.8 million at June 30, 2008. Our loans receivable increased by $0.2 million and the related allowance for loan losses increased by $1.3 million. The acquisitions of Express Finance in the United Kingdom and Optima in Poland accounted for an increase of $14.2 million in loans receivable and an increase of $3.2 million in the allowance for loan losses, a net increase in loans receivable of $11.0 million. Excluding acquisitions and the impact of foreign exchange rates, net loans receivable would have increased by $3.9 million. Also contributing to the decrease is the reduction in the average loan principal from $443 for the year ended June 30, 2008 to $391 for the current fiscal year period. On a constant currency basis, the average loan principal decreased a nominal 1.4% for the current fiscal year period compared to the prior year. In constant dollars and excluding acquisitions, the allowance for loan losses decreased by $0.9 million and went from 6.4% of outstanding principal at June 30, 2008 to 5.5% at June 30, 2009. This decrease can be attributed to a number of factors:
 
  •  Improved U.S. collections and our deliberate actions to decrease our risk exposure by reducing the amount that we are willing to loan to certain customer segments, the historical loss rate, which is expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans declined, and as a result, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses related to U.S. short-term consumer loans decreased by 30.3% from 6.6% at June 30, 2008 compared to 4.6% at June 30, 2009.
 
  •  In constant dollars, the Canadian ratio of allowance for loan losses has decreased from 5.5% at June 30, 2008 to 3.3% at June 30, 2009. This decrease is reflective of the reduction and eventual elimination of several smaller product lines in the Canadian business.
 
  •  In constant dollars, the U.K.’s allowance for loan losses remained relatively stable at approximately 6.8% of outstanding principal at both June 30, 2008 and 2009. There has been some upward pressure on the allowance associated with the standard short-term consumer loan product that has been offset by decreases in the allowance related to pawn lending and longer-term installment loan products.
 
Loans in default, net decreased by $4.9 million from $11.3 million at June 30, 2008 compared to $6.4 million at June 30, 2009. Of this decrease, approximately $1.0 million was related to the impact of foreign currency rates leaving the net decrease in constant dollars at approximately $3.9 million. The net constant dollar change is consistent with overall decreases in our funded loan originations resulting from the economic slowdown as well as our more cautious approach to lending in all of our segments.
 
The fair value of derivatives decreased by $27.0 million from a liability of $37.2 million at June 30, 2008 to $10.2 million at June 30, 2009. During the fourth quarter of the current fiscal year, we executed an early settlement of our two cross-currency interest rate swaps in the United Kingdom leaving the cross-currency interest rate swaps related to our Canadian external bank debt. The change in the fair value of these cash flow hedges are a result of the change in the foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation decreased $9.4 million from $68.0 million at June 30, 2008 to $58.6 million at March 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily due to the impact of the exchange rates on our foreign subsidiaries of $3.5 million in Canada and $4.1 million in the United Kingdom. The decrease is also attributable to a write-off of net fixed assets related to the closed North American stores and depreciation.
 
Goodwill and other intangibles decreased $16.4 million, from $470.7 million at June 30, 2008 to $454.3 million at June 30, 2009 due primarily to foreign currency translation adjustments of $39.8 million, partially offset by acquisitions of $19.4 million.
 
Accounts payable decreased $14.8 million from $51.1 million at June 30, 2008 to $36.3 million at June 30, 2009 primarily due to the timing of settlements with third-party vendors and our franchisees. Currency exchange rates in Canada and the United Kingdom accounted for $1.6 million and $2.4 million of the decrease, respectively.


56


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal sources of cash are from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities and the issuance of our common stock and senior convertible notes. We anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to provide working capital, finance capital expenditures, meet debt service requirements, fund company originated consumer loans, finance store expansion, finance acquisitions and finance the expansion of our products and services.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $29.3 million in fiscal 2007, $80.8 million for fiscal 2008 and $59.2 million in fiscal 2009. The decrease in net cash provided from operating activities was primarily a result of the impact of foreign exchange rates on translated net income and timing differences in payments to third party vendors.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $170.7 million in fiscal 2007, $167.0 million in fiscal 2008 and $42.0 million in fiscal 2009. Our investing activities primarily related to acquisitions, purchases of property and equipment for our stores and investments in technology. For fiscal 2007, we made capital expenditures of $19.4 million and acquisitions of $151.2 million compared to capital expenditures of $23.5 million and acquisitions of $143.4 million in fiscal 2008. The actual amount of capital expenditures each year will depend in part upon the number of new stores opened or acquired and the number of stores remodeled. During fiscal 2009 we made capital expenditures of $15.7 million and acquisitions of $26.2 million.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $0.3 million for fiscal 2008 and $307.4 million in fiscal 2007. The cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2009 was primarily a result of the proceeds from termination of the U.K. cross currency swaps of $14.4 million and $3.3 million proceeds from the exercise of stock options. This was partially offset by the $7.4 million in debt payments of and $7.5 million for stock repurchase. The cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2008 was primarily a result of the use of the overdraft facility in the United Kingdom in the amount of $5.3 million, proceeds from of the exercise of stock options of $1.1 million and $1.0 million due to the decrease of restricted cash. This was partially offset by scheduled principal payments on our long term debt obligations which totaled $6.5 million. The cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2007 was primarily a result of an increase in our long-term debt in order to refinance our previously existing Notes, as well as the increase in our long-term debt and amount borrowed on our credit facility related to acquisitions.
 
Credit Facilities  On October 30, 2006, we entered into a Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is comprised of the following: (i) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million, which we refer to as the U.S. Revolving Facility, with OPCO as the borrower; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility with an aggregate amount of $295.0 million, which we refer to as the Canadian Term Facility with National Money Mart Company, a wholly-owned Canadian indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower; (iii) a senior secured term loan facility with Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, a wholly-owned U.K. indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower, in an aggregate amount of $80.0 million (consisting of a $40.0 million tranche of term loans and another tranche of term loans equivalent to$40.0 million denominated in Euros), which we refer to as the UK Term Facility, and (iv) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $25.0 million, which we refer to as the Canadian Revolving Facility, with National Money Mart Company as the borrower.
 
In April 2007, we entered into an amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement to, among other things, change the currency of the Canadian Revolving Facility to Canadian dollars (C$28.5 million), make corresponding modifications to the interest rates applicable and permit secured debt in the United Kingdom not to exceed GBP 5.0 million. On June 20, 2007, we entered into a second amendment of the Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit the issuance of up to $200 million of unsecured senior convertible debt, make changes to financial covenants and other covenants in connection with the issuance of such debt and to increase the amount of acquisitions permitted under the Credit Agreement.
 
The Credit Agreement contains certain financial and other restrictive covenants, which among other things, require us to achieve certain financial ratios, limit capital expenditures, restrict payment of the


57


 

dividends and obtain certain approvals if we want to increase borrowings. As of June 30, 2009, we are in compliance with all covenants.
 
Revolving Credit Facilities  We have three revolving credit facilities: the U.S. Revolving Facility, the Canadian Revolving Facility and the United Kingdom Overdraft Facility.
 
United States Revolving Credit Facility  OPCO is the borrower under the U.S. Revolving Facility which has an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points, subject to reductions as we reduce our leverage. The facility terminates on October 30, 2011. The facility may be subject to mandatory reduction and the revolving loans subject to mandatory prepayment (after prepayment of the term loans under the Credit Agreement), principally in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). OPCO’s borrowing capacity under the U.S. Revolving Facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of $75.0 million or 85% of certain domestic liquid assets plus $30.0 million. Under this revolving facility, up to $30.0 million may be used in connection with letters of credit. At June 30, 2009, the borrowing capacity was $73.5 million. At June 30, 2009, there was no outstanding indebtedness under the U.S. Revolving Facility and $13.6 million outstanding in letters of credit issued by Wells Fargo Bank, which guarantee the performance of certain of our contractual obligations.
 
Canadian Revolving Credit Facility  National Money Mart Company, OPCO’s wholly owned indirect Canadian subsidiary, is the borrower under the Canadian Revolving Facility which has an interest rate of CDOR plus 300 basis points, subject to reductions as we reduce our leverage. The facility terminates on October 30, 2011. The facility may be subject to mandatory reduction and the revolving loans subject to mandatory prepayment (after prepayment of the term loans under the Credit Agreement), principally in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). National Money Mart Company’s borrowing capacity under the Canadian Revolving Facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of C$28.5 million or 85% of certain combined liquid assets of National Money Mart Company and Dollar Financial U.K. Limited and their respective subsidiaries. At June 30, 2009, the borrowing capacity was C$28.5 million. There was no outstanding indebtedness under the Canadian facility at June 30, 2009.
 
United Kingdom Overdraft Facility  In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, our U.K subsidiary entered into an overdraft facility which provides for a commitment of up to GBP 5.0 million. There was no outstanding indebtedness under the United Kingdom facility at June 30, 2009. We have the right of offset under the overdraft facility, by which we net our cash bank accounts with our lender and the balance on the overdraft facility. Amounts outstanding under the United Kingdom overdraft facility bear interest at a rate of the Bank Base Rate (0.5% at June 30, 2009) plus 2.0%. Interest accrues on the net amount of the overdraft facility and the cash balance.
 
Debt Due Within One Year  As of June 30, 2009, debt due within one year consisted of $3.8 million mandatory repayment of 1.0% per annum of the original principal balance of the Canadian Term Facility and the U.K. Term Facility and $2.1 million related to debt from the recently completed Poland acquisition.
 
Long-Term Debt  As of June 30, 2009, long term debt consisted of $200.0 million principal amount of Convertible Notes and $364.9 million in term loans due October 30, 2012 under the Credit Agreement and $4.2 million related to debt from the recently completed Poland acquisition.
 
Operating Leases  Operating leases are scheduled payments on existing store and other administrative leases. These leases typically have initial terms of five years and may contain provisions for renewal options, additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges.


58


 

We entered into the commitments described above and other contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business as a source of funds for asset growth and asset/liability management and to meet required capital needs. Our principal future obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2009, excluding periodic interest payments, include the following (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Less than
    1-3
    4-5
    After 5
 
    Total     1 Year     Years     Years     Years  
 
Long-term debt:
                                       
Term loans due 2012
  $ 368,722     $ 3,791     $ 7,583     $ 357,348     $  
2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
    200,000                         200,000  
Other Notes Payable
    6,268       2,089       4,179              
Operating lease obligations
    135,078       33,532       47,997       27,652       25,897  
                                         
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 710,068     $ 39,412     $ 59,759     $ 385,000     $ 225,897  
                                         
 
We believe that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated improvements in operating results, cash flows from operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities will allow us to fund our liquidity and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future, including payment of interest and principal on our indebtedness. This belief is based upon our historical growth rate and the anticipated benefits we expect from operating efficiencies. We expect additional revenue growth to be generated from increased revenues related to the maturity of new stores and the continued expansion of the business through new stores and expanded platforms. We also expect operating expenses to increase, although the rate of increase is expected to be less than the rate of revenue growth for existing stores. Furthermore, we do not believe that additional acquisitions or expansion are necessary to cover our fixed expenses, including debt service.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We do not believe that inflation has a material impact on our earnings from operations.
 
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncement
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measurement for recognition or disclosure purposes under generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of SFAS 157, there is now a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. This new standard makes the measurement for fair value more consistent and comparable and improves disclosures about those measures. We adopted this statement beginning July 1, 2008.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in SFAS 159 are elective; however, the amendment to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities , applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. We adopted SFAS 159 beginning July 1, 2008. The pronouncement has no effect on our financial statements and we have not elected the fair value option for any items on our balance sheet.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations (a revision of Statement No. 141 (“SFAS 141R”). This Statement applies to all transactions or


59


 

other events in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including those combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration. This Statement retains the fundamental requirements in Statement No. 141 that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations. This Statement expands the scope to include all business combinations and requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Additionally, SFAS 141R changes the way entities account for business combinations achieved in stages by requiring the identifiable assets and liabilities to be measured at their full fair values. This Statement is effective on a prospective basis to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which is July 1, 2009 for us. This is with the exception to the provisions of this Statement that amend FASB Statement No. 109 and Interpretation No. 48, which will be applied prospectively as of the adoption date and will apply to business combinations with acquisition dates before the effective date of SFAS 141R.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). This Statement amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this Statement requires that consolidated net income include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for us beginning July 1, 2009. With purchase of 76% of Optima S.A. in June 2009 this statement will impact our consolidated financial statements beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments and related hedged items accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. SFAS 161 requires (1) qualitative disclosures about objectives for using derivatives by primary underlying risk exposure and by purpose or strategy, (2) information about the volume of derivative activity in a flexible format that the preparer believes is the most relevant and practicable, (3) tabular disclosures about balance sheet location and gross fair value amounts of derivative instruments, income statement and other comprehensive income location and amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments by type of contract and (4) disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 161 on January 1, 2009.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1, requires the initial proceeds from convertible debt that may be settled in cash to be bifurcated between a liability component and an equity component. The objective of the guidance is to require the liability and equity components of convertible debt to be separately accounted for in a manner such that the interest expense recorded on the convertible debt would not equal the contractual rate of interest on the convertible debt, but instead would be recorded at a rate that would reflect the issuer’s conventional debt borrowing rate. This is accomplished through the creation of a discount on the debt that would be accreted using the effective interest method as additional non-cash interest expense over the period the debt is expected to remain outstanding. The provisions of Proposed FSP APB 14-1, are effective for us beginning July 1, 2009 and will be required to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. We believe that FSP APB 14-1, will impact the accounting for our 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 and will result in additional interest expense of approximately $8.1 million and $8.9 million in fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively. Upon adoption, we will reduce our debt balance by recording a debt discount of approximately $55.8 million, with an offsetting increase to additional paid in capital. Such amount will be amortized over the remaining expected life of the debt.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position SFAS 107-b, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“FSP SFAS 107-b”). The FSP amends FASB Statement No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Values of Financial Instruments,” to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. FSP SFAS 107-b is effective for interim periods


60


 

ending after June 15, 2009, but early adoption is permitted for interim periods ending after March 15, 2009. We plan to adopt FSP SFAS 107-b and provide the additional disclosure requirements for our first quarter 2010.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (SFAS 165). Under SFAS 165, requires companies to evaluate events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued, or available to be issued in the case of non-public entities. SFAS 165 requires entities to recognize in the financial statements the effect of all events or transactions that provide additional evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the financial preparation process. Entities shall not recognize the impact of events or transactions that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the balance sheet date but arose after that date. SFAS 165, also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. SFAS 165 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 165 for the year ended June 30, 2009, as required, the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements. We have evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through September 3, 2009, and determined there are no material transactions to disclose.
 
In June, 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168 (SFAS 168) “Accounting Standards Codificationtm and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162. SFAS 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codificationtm as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP. FAS 168 will be effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, for most entities. On the effective date, all non-SEC accounting and reporting standards will be superseded. We will adopt SFAS 168 for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009, as required, and adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Generally
 
In the operations of our subsidiaries and the reporting of our consolidated financial results, we are affected by changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. The principal risks of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices to which we and our subsidiaries are exposed relate to:
 
  •  interest rates on revolving credit facilities; and
 
  •  foreign exchange rates generating translation gains and losses.
 
We and our subsidiaries have no market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes, as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or GAAP. Information contained in this section relates only to instruments entered into for purposes other than trading.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our outstanding indebtedness, and related interest rate risk, is managed centrally by our finance department by implementing the financing strategies approved by our Board of Directors. Our revolving credit facilities carry variable rates of interest, the Canadian debt has been effectively converted to the equivalent of a fixed rate basis. With the termination of the United Kingdom cross currency interest rate swaps in May 2009, changes in interest rates will have an impact on our consolidated statement of financial position. See the section entitled “Cross Currency Interest Rate Swaps”.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
Put Options
 
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed us to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, we may elect to purchase put options in order to protect certain earnings in the United Kingdom and Canada against the translational impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options


61


 

may be purchased because they cost less than completely averting risk, and the maximum downside is limited to the difference between the strike price and exchange rate at the date of purchase and the price of the contracts. At June 30, 2009, we held put options with an aggregate notional value of C$12.0 million and GBP 3.6 million to protect certain currency exposure in Canada and the United Kingdom through September 30, 2009. We use purchased options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against certain of the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted earnings denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These cash flow hedges have a duration of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in other expense (income), net on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. As of June 30, 2009, no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There was no ineffectiveness from these cash flow hedges for fiscal 2009. As of June 30, 2009, amounts related to these derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to an increase of stockholders’ equity of $37 thousand, net of tax, all of which is expected to be transferred to earnings in the first three months of fiscal 2010 along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The fair market value at June 30, 2009 was $0.6 million and is included in prepaid expenses on the balance sheet.
 
Canadian operations (exclusive of the litigation expense of approximately $57.4 million and the loss on store closings of approximately $3.0 million) accounted for approximately 77.1% of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and 78.0% of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008. U.K. operations (exclusive in fiscal 2009 of unrealized foreign exchange gains of approximately $5.5 million) accounted for approximately 39.0% of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and approximately 25.7% of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008. U.S. operations (exclusive in fiscal 2009 of losses on store closings of approximately $7.2 million) accounted for approximately (16.1%) of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the year ended June 30, 2009 and (3.8%) of consolidated pre-tax earnings for the year earlier period. This decline in the U.S. results can be attributed to lower interest income as a result of the fiscal 2008 acquisitions, increased intercompany debt interest along with a prior year transfer pricing adjustment. As currency exchange rates change, translation of the financial results of the Canadian and U.K. operations into U.S. dollars will be impacted. Changes in exchange rates have resulted in cumulative translation adjustments increasing our net assets by $19.9 million. These gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income.
 
We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted reported pre-tax earnings from continuing operations (exclusive in fiscal 2009 of litigation expense of approximately $57.9 million, loss on store closings of approximately $10.3 million and an unrealized foreign exchange gain of approximately $5.5 million) by approximately $9.2 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and $9.1 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008. This impact represents 11.6% of our consolidated foreign pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 and 10.5% of our consolidated foreign pre-tax earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008.
 
Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps
 
In December 2006, we entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge against the changes in cash flows of our U.K. and Canadian term loans denominated in a currency other than our foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency.
 
In December 2006, our U.K. subsidiary, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap with a notional amount of GBP 21.3 million that was set to mature in October 2012. Under the terms of this swap, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited paid GBP at a rate of 8.45% per annum and Dollar Financial U.K. Limited received a rate of the three-month EURIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on EUR 31.5 million. In December 2006, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited also entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap with a


62


 

notional amount of GBP 20.4 million that was set to mature in October 2012. Under the terms of this cross-currency interest rate swap, we paid GBP at a rate of 8.36% per annum and we received a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum on US$40.0 million.
 
On May 7, 2009, our U.K. subsidiary, executed an early settlement of its two cross-currency interest rate swaps hedging variable-rate borrowings. As a result, we discontinued prospectively hedge accounting on these cross-currency swaps. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 133, we will continue to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income and will subsequently reclassify such amounts into earnings over the remaining original term of the derivative when the hedged forecasted transactions are recognized in earnings.
 
In December 2006, our Canadian subsidiary, National Money Mart Company, entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of C$339.9 million that mature in October 2012. Under the terms of the swaps, National Money Mart Company pays Canadian dollars at a blended rate of 7.12% per annum and National Money Mart Company receives a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum on $295.0 million.
 
On a quarterly basis, the cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of 0.25% of the original notional amounts. Upon maturity, these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of the remaining notional amounts. We have designated these derivative contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. We record foreign exchange re-measurement gains and losses related to the term loans and also record the changes in fair value of the cross-currency swaps each period in corporate expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Because these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges, we record the effective portion of the after-tax gain or loss in other comprehensive income, which is subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged transactions affect earnings. As of June 30, 2009, amounts related to cross-currency interest rate swaps amounted to an increase in stockholders’ equity of $20.7 million, net of tax. The aggregate fair market value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps at June 30, 2009 is a liability of $10.2 million and is included in fair value of derivatives on the balance sheet. During fiscal 2009, we recorded $45 thousand in earnings related to the ineffective portion of these cash flow hedges.


63


 

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.
 
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as of June 30, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, which audited our financial statements included in this report, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. Their report is included herein.
 
     
/s/ Jeffrey A. Weiss
  /s/ Randy Underwood
     
Jeffrey A. Weiss
  Randy Underwood
Chief Executive Officer
  Executive Vice President and
September 3, 2009
  Chief Financial Officer
    September 3, 2009
     
/s/ William M. Athas
  /s/ Pete Sokolowski
     
William M. Athas
  Pete Sokolowski
Senior Vice President of Finance and
  Senior Vice President of Finance
Corporate Controller
  and Corporate Treasurer
September 3, 2009
  September 3, 2009


64


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
 
We have audited Dollar Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Dollar Financial Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Dollar Financial Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 of Dollar Financial Corp. and our report dated September 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 3, 2009


65


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar Financial Corp. at June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Dollar Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 3, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 3, 2009


66


 

PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1.   Financial Statements
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2008     2009  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 209,714     $ 209,602  
Loans receivable, net:
               
Loans receivable
    123,683       123,894  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (7,853 )     (9,200 )
                 
Loans receivable, net
    115,830       114,694  
Loans in default, net of an allowance of $22,580 and $17,000
    11,317       6,436  
Other receivables
    11,031       7,299  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    18,938       22,794  
Current deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance of $4,335 and $4,816
    471       39  
                 
Total current assets
    367,301       360,864  
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance of $93,355 and $98,746
    11,720       27,062  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $98,302 and $99,803
    68,033       58,614  
Goodwill and other intangibles
    470,731       454,347  
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $4,656 and $7,484
    15,108       11,044  
Other
    10,030       10,709  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 942,923     $ 922,640  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 51,054     $ 36,298  
Income taxes payable
    12,194       14,834  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    32,189       70,588  
Debt due within one year
    9,187       5,880  
Current deferred tax liability
          71  
                 
Total current liabilities
    104,624       127,671  
Fair value of derivatives
    37,214       10,223  
Long-term deferred tax liability
    22,352       18,876  
Long-term debt
    574,017       569,110  
Other non-current liabilities
    11,391       25,508  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $.001 par value: 55,500,000 shares authorized; 24,229,178 shares and 24,102,985 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively
    24       24  
Additional paid-in capital
    255,197       257,385  
Accumulated deficit
    (95,950 )     (94,175 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    34,054       8,018  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    193,325       171,252  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 942,923     $ 922,640  
                 
 
See notes to interim unaudited consolidated financial statements


67


 

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except share and per share amounts)
 
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Revenues:
                       
Check cashing
  $ 166,754     $ 196,580     $ 164,598  
Fees from consumer lending
    227,445       292,517       275,272  
Money transfer fees
    20,879       27,512       26,823  
Franchise fees and royalties
    6,958       4,998       4,211  
Other
    33,696       50,577       56,949  
                         
Total revenues
    455,732       572,184       527,853  
                         
Store and regional expenses:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    129,522       159,363       145,716  
Provision for loan losses
    45,799       58,458       52,136  
Occupancy
    32,270       43,018       41,812  
Depreciation
    9,455       13,663       13,075  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
    15,295       20,360       16,021  
Telephone and communications
    6,425       7,185       7,504  
Advertising
    9,034       9,398       8,359  
Bank charges and armored carrier service
    10,619       13,494       13,357  
Other
    41,822       48,015       48,069  
                         
Total store and regional expenses
    300,241       372,954       346,049  
                         
Store and regional margin
    155,491       199,230       181,804  
                         
Corporate and other expenses:
                       
Corporate expenses
    53,327       70,859       68,217  
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,390       3,902       3,827  
Interest expense, net
    31,462       36,569       35,099  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    31,784              
Goodwill impairment and other charges
    24,301              
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)
    7,551             (5,499 )
(Proceeds from) provision for litigation settlements
    (3,256 )     345       57,920  
Loss on store closings
    964       993       10,340  
Other expense (income), net
    436       (626 )     (4,898 )
                         
Income before income taxes
    5,532       87,188       16,798  
Income tax provision
    37,735       36,015       15,023  
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (32,203 )   $ 51,173     $ 1,775  
                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (1.37 )   $ 2.12     $ 0.07  
Diluted
  $ (1.37 )   $ 2.08     $ 0.07  
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    23,571,203       24,106,392       24,012,705  
Diluted
    23,571,203       24,563,229       24,136,235  
 
See accompanying notes.


68


 

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
 
 
                                                 
                            Accumulated
       
                            Other
    Total
 
    Common Stock
    Additional
          Comprehensive
    Shareholders’
 
    Outstanding     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    (Loss)
    (Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Equity  
 
Balance, June 30, 2006
    23,399,107     $ 23     $ 242,594     $ (114,920 )   $ 34,256     $ 161,953  
Comprehensive income
                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    2,940       2,940  
Cash Flow Hedges
                                    4,426       4,426  
Net loss
                            (32,203 )             (32,203 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (24,837 )
Secondary stock offering
                    (41 )                     (41 )
Restricted stock grants
    25,793                                        
Restricted stock vested
                    393                       393  
Stock options exercised
    708,900       1       6,931                       6,932  
Other stock compensation
                    1,583                       1,583  
                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2007
    24,133,800       24       251,460       (147,123 )     41,622       145,983  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    302       302  
Cash Flow Hedges
                                    (7,870 )     (7,870 )
Net income
                            51,173               51,173  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            43,605  
Restricted stock grants
    53,108                                        
Vested portion of granted restricted
                                               
stock and restricted stock units
                    923                       923  
Stock options exercised
    79,544               1,055                       1,055  
Retirement of common stock
    (37,274 )                                      
Other stock compensation
                    1,759                       1,759  
                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2008
    24,229,178       24       255,197       (95,950 )     34,054       193,325  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    (17,884 )     (17,884 )
Cash Flow Hedges
                                    (8,152 )     (8,152 )
Net income
                            1,775               1,775  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            (24,261 )
Restricted stock grants
    180,655                                        
Stock options exercised
    260,545               3,317                       3,317  
Vested portion of granted restricted
                                               
stock and restricted stock units
                    3,626                       3,626  
Purchase and retirement of treasury shares
    (535,799 )             (7,492 )                     (7,492 )
Retirement of common stock
    (31,594 )                                      
Other stock compensation
                    2,737                       2,737  
                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2009
    24,102,985     $ 24     $ 257,385     $ (94,175 )   $ 8,018     $ 171,252  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


69


 

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,203 )   $ 51,173     $ 1,775  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    14,538       20,957       20,248  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    31,784       97        
Provision for loan losses
    45,799       58,458       52,136  
Non-cash stock compensation
    1,976       2,682       6,363  
Losses on store closings
    657       518       3,232  
Goodwill impairment
    28,482              
Foreign currency loss (gain) on revaluation of debt
    6,248             (5,499 )
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
    1,694       5,972       (10,549 )
Other, net
    (121 )     341        
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                       
Increase in loans and other receivables
    (59,395 )     (76,478 )     (44,342 )
Increase in prepaid expenses and other
    (4,870 )     (9,943 )     (5,563 )
Provision for litigation settlements
                49,219  
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (5,312 )     26,979       (7,816 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    29,277       80,756       59,204  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (151,216 )     (143,428 )     (26,219 )
Additions to property and equipment
    (19,435 )     (23,528 )     (15,735 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (170,651 )     (166,956 )     (41,954 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Decrease in restricted cash
    79,736       1,014        
Proceeds from term loans
    375,000              
Proceeds from 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes
    200,000              
Proceeds from termination of cross currency swaps
                14,353  
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    6,932       1,055       3,317  
Purchase of company stock
                (7,492 )
Other debt payments
    (3,181 )     (4,391 )     (3,619 )
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    (292,424 )     (2,179 )      
Convertible debt refinancing
    (6,463 )            
Net (decrease) increase in revolving credit facilities
    (40,359 )     5,243       (3,762 )
Payment for secondary public stock offering costs
    (41 )            
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (11,842 )     (454 )     (128 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    307,358       288       2,669  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    6,308       4,681       (20,031 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    172,292       (81,231 )     (112 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    118,653       290,945       209,714  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 290,945     $ 209,714     $ 209,602  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 23,000     $ 37,843     $ 32,946  
Income taxes paid
  $ 35,766     $ 29,241     $ 25,788  
 
See accompanying notes.


70


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Organization and Business
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are those of Dollar Financial Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Dollar Financial Corp. is the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc. (“OPCO”). The activities of Dollar Financial Corp. consist primarily of its investment in OPCO. Dollar Financial Corp. has no employees or operating activities.
 
Dollar Financial Corp. is a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. The Company operates a store network through OPCO. The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides retail financial services to the general public through a network of 1,206 locations (of which 1,031 are company owned) operating as Money Mart®, The Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Insta-Cheques®, The Check Cashing Store, American Payday Loans, American Check Casher, Check Casher, Payday Loans, Cash Advance, Cash Advance USA and We The People® in 22 states, Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland. This network includes 1,157 locations (including 1,031 company-owned) in 15 states, Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services, foreign currency exchange and various other related services. Also included in this network is the Company’s Poland operation acquired in June 2009 which provides financial services to the general public through in-home servicing.
 
On January 28, 2005, as a result of the Company’s initial public offering, its common shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DLLR”.
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, loss reserves, valuation allowance for income taxes and impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Reclassification
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from the Company’s check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other revenues on its statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale in the store.
 
With respect to the Company’s franchised locations, the Company recognizes initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the


71


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Revenue Recognition (continued)
 
associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines established by the Company. As part of the franchise agreement, the Company provides certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, the Company also provides updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that the Company determines is necessary.
 
For single-payment consumer loans that the Company makes directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 45 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. The Company’s reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash includes cash in stores and demand deposits with financial institutions. Cash equivalents are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.
 
Loans Receivable, Net
 
Unsecured short-term and longer-term installment loans that the Company originates on its own behalf are reflected on the balance sheet in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net are reported net of a reserve related to consumer lending as described below in the company-funded consumer loan loss reserves policy.
 
Loans in Default
 
Loans in default consist of short-term consumer loans originated by the Company which are in default status. An allowance for the defaulted loans receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. The reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. If the loans remain in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the loan is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off.
 
Other receivables
 
Other receivables consist primarily of franchise and other third party receivables.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which vary from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term (including renewal options that are reasonably assured) or the estimated useful life of the related asset.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which we have determined to be our reportable operating segments of the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. The Company also has a corporate reporting unit which consists of


72


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)
 
costs related to corporate infrastructure, investor relations and other governance activities. Because of the limited activities of the corporate reporting unit, no goodwill has been assisgned. Goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit that benefit from the synergies arising from each particular business combination. The determination of the operating segments being equivalent to the reporting units for goodwill allocation purposes is based upon our overall approach to managing our business along operating segment lines, and the consistency of the operations within each operating segment. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis on June 30 or between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. To accomplish this, we are required to determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units. We are then required to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeded the fair value of the reporting unit, we would be required to perform a second step to the impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. If the amount of implied goodwill (which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit determined in the first step over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets of the reporting unit), is less than that recorded amount of goodwill, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded for the difference.
 
For the U.S. reporting unit, the amount of goodwill has increased significantly since June 30, 2007 primarily due to the acquisitions of APL and CCS during fiscal 2008. During 2009, the overall fair value of the U.S. reporting unit has declined based on the Company’s internal models; however, the performance of the two aforementioned acquisitions has continued to perform above initial expectations and the recent closure of unprofitable U.S. stores has improved store margins. Therefore, the fair value of the U.S. reporting unit, taken as a whole, continues to exceed its carrying value. The impact of the continued economic downturn, along with any federal or state regulatory restrictions on our short-term consumer lending product could reduce the fair value of the U.S. goodwill below its carrying value at which time we would be required to perform the second step of the transitional impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired.
 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of reacquired franchise rights, which are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized. Non-amortizable intangibles with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
 
We consider this to be one of the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis. This analysis requires us to make various judgmental assumptions about revenues, operating margins, growth rates, and discount rates. These assumptions are based on our budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond our long term business plan period. We perform our goodwill impairment test annually as of June 30, and our reacquired franchise rights impairment test annually as of December 31. At the date of our last evaluations, there was no impairment of goodwill or reacquired franchise rights. However, we may be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets prior to the required annual assessment if we experience a significant disruption to our business, unexpected significant declines in our operating results, divestiture of a significant component of our business, a sustained decline in market capitalization, particularly if it falls below our book value, or a significant change to the regulatory


73


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)
 
environment in which we operate. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, it is possible a material change could occur, including if actual experience differs from the assumptions and considerations used in our analyses. These differences could have a material adverse impact on the consolidated results of operations, and cause us to perform the second step impairment test, which could result in a material impairment of our goodwill. We will continue to monitor our actual cash flows and other factors that may trigger a future impairment in the light of the current global recession.
 
Debt Issuance Costs
 
Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective yield method over the remaining term of the related debt (see Note 7).
 
Store and Regional Expenses
 
The direct costs incurred in operating the Company’s stores have been classified as store expenses. Store expenses include salaries and benefits of store and regional employees, rent and other occupancy costs, depreciation of property and equipment, bank charges, armored carrier services, returned checks, net and cash shortages, advertising, telephone and telecommunication and other costs incurred by the stores. Excluded from store operations are the corporate expenses of the Company, which include salaries and benefits of corporate employees, professional fees and travel costs.
 
Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy
 
The Company maintains a loan loss reserve for anticipated losses for consumer loans the Company makes directly through its company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, the Company considers known relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, including the amount of outstanding loans owed to the Company, historical loans charged off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. The Company’s current loan loss reserve is based on its net charge-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that the Company makes directly. As these conditions change, the Company may need to make additional allowances in future periods.
 
When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. If the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an allowance for this defaulted loan receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. If the loans remain in defaulted status for an extended period of time an allowance for the entire amount of the loan is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off.
 
Check Cashing Returned Item Policy
 
The Company charges operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense in the period during which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the


74


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
need for an allowance for returned checks. The net expense for bad checks included in returned checks, net and cash shortages in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was $13.1 million, $16.4 million and $12.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which represents 0.3%, 0.3% and 0.3% of the total face amount of checks cashed during each respective year.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Accordingly, deferred income taxes have been determined by applying current tax rates to temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities determined for income tax and financial reporting purposes.
 
The Company intends to reinvest its foreign earnings and as a result the Company has not provided a deferred tax liability on foreign earnings.
 
A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs charged to expense were $10.0 million, $10.8 million and $8.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair value of the Term Loan Facilities is calculated as the sum of the present value of all contractual cash flows. The fair value of the Company’s 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 (“Convertible Notes”) are based on broker quotations. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, loan and other consumer lending receivables, which are short-term in nature and their fair value approximates their carrying value.
 
The total fair value of the Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 was approximately $135.5 million at June 30, 2008 and $138.5 million at June 30, 2009. The total fair value of the Canadian Term Facility was approximately $226.9 million at June 30, 2009. The total fair value of the U.K. Term Facility was $65.6 million at June 30, 2009.
 
The fair value of loans receivable approximates book value due to the short-term nature of the Company’s loans.
 
Derivatives
 
Put Options
 
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed the Company to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, the Company purchases put options in order to protect aspects of the Company’s operations in the United Kingdom and Canada against foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options are generally used because they cost less than completely averting risk using at the money put options, and the maximum loss is limited to the purchase price of the contracts. The Company has designated the purchased put options as cash flow hedges of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted purchases of foreign-currency-denominated investment securities. These cash flow hedges have maturities of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and are subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings.


75


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Derivatives (continued)
 
Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in corporate expenses on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged forecasted transactions, both of which are based on forward rates.
 
Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps
 
The Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to protect against changes in cash flows attributable to changes in both the benchmark interest rate and foreign exchange rates on its foreign denominated variable rate term loan borrowing under the Company’s credit agreement. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company pays a fixed rate and receives a variable rate.
 
Consistent with the debt payments, on a quarterly basis, all of the cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of 0.25% of the original notional amounts. Upon maturity, these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements call for the exchange of the remaining notional amounts. The Company has designated these derivative contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. The Company records foreign exchange re-measurement gains and losses related to the term loans and also records the changes in fair value of the cross-currency swaps each period in corporate expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Because these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges, the Company records the effective portion of the after-tax gain or loss in other comprehensive income, which is subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged transactions affect earnings.
 
On May 7, 2009, the Company executed an early settlement of its two cross-currency interest rate swaps hedging variable-rate borrowings at its foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom. As a result, the Company discontinued prospectively hedge accounting on these cross-currency swaps. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 133, the Company will continue to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in the other comprehensive income section of stockholders’ equity and will subsequently reclassify such amounts into earnings over the remaining original term of the derivative as the originally hedged forecasted transactions are recognized in earnings.
 
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
 
The Company operates check cashing and financial services outlets in Canada and the United Kingdom. The financial statements of these foreign businesses have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All balance sheet accounts are translated at the current exchange rate at each period end and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period; resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions is included in other expense (income), net. Gains and losses resulting from the revaluation of non-functional denominated debt is included in unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain).
 
Earnings per Share
 
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, after adjusting for the dilutive effect of stock options. The


76


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Earnings per Share (continued)
 
following table presents the reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,203 )   $ 51,173     $ 1,775  
Reconciliation of denominator:
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic(1)
    23,571       24,106       24,013  
Effect of dilutive stock options(2)
          429       21  
Effect of unvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants(2)
          28       102  
                         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    23,571       24,563       24,136  
                         
 
 
(1) Excludes 111, 52 and 105 shares of unvested restricted stock, which are included in total outstanding common shares as of June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The dilutive effect of restricted stock is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method.
 
(2) The effect of dilutive stock options was determined under the treasury stock method. Due to the net loss during fiscal 2007, the effect of the dilutive options and unvested shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants were considered to be anti-dilutive, and therefore were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
 
Stock Based Employee Compensation
 
Effective July 1, 2005 the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments” (“SFAS 123R”), using the modified prospective method of transition. Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, the estimated fair value of share based awards is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes Model to estimate the fair value of each option on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes Model estimates the fair value of employee stock options using a pricing model which takes into consideration the exercise price of the option, the expected life of the options, the current market price and its expected volatility, the expected dividends on the stock and the current risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option. Using the modified prospective method, compensation expense is recognized beginning with the effective date of adoption of SFAS 123R for all shares granted after the effective date of adoption and granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested on the date of adoption. The Company grants stock options to employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units are equivalent to the market value on the date of grant and are amortized over the requisite service period.
 
Compensation expense related to share-based compensation included in the statement of operations for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1.5 million, $2.6 million and $4.1 million, respectively, net of related tax effects.


77


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measurement for recognition or disclosure purposes under generally accepted accounting principles. As a result of SFAS 157, there is now a common definition of fair value to be used throughout U.S. GAAP. This new standard makes the measurement for fair value more consistent and comparable and improves disclosures about those measures. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 on July 1, 2008.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in SFAS 159 are elective; however, the amendment to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity reports unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. The provisions of SFAS 159 became effective for the Company on July 1, 2008. The Company did not elect the fair value measurement option under SFAS 159 for any of its financial assets or liabilities and, as a result, there was no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R, Business Combinations (a revision of Statement No. 141), (“SFAS 141R”). This Statement applies to all transactions or other events in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including those combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration. This Statement retains the fundamental requirements in Statement No. 141 that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations. This Statement expands the scope to include all business combinations and requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Additionally, SFAS 141R changes the way entities account for business combinations achieved in stages by requiring the identifiable assets and liabilities to be measured at their full fair values. This Statement is effective on a prospective basis for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which is July 1, 2009 for the Company. However, the provisions of this Statement that amend FASB Statement No. 109 and Interpretation No. 48, will be applied prospectively as of the adoption date and will apply to business combinations with acquisition dates before the effective date of SFAS 141R.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). This Statement amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this Statement requires that consolidated net income include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2009. With purchase of 76% of Optima S.A. in June 2009 this statement will impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning with the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009.


78


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments and related hedged items accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. SFAS 161 requires (1) qualitative disclosures about objectives for using derivatives by primary underlying risk exposure and by purpose or strategy, (2) information about the volume of derivative activity in a flexible format that the preparer believes is the most relevant and practicable, (3) tabular disclosures about balance sheet location and gross fair value amounts of derivative instruments, income statement and other comprehensive income location and amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments by type of contract and (4) disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 161 on January 1, 2009.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1, requires the initial proceeds from convertible debt that may be settled in cash to be bifurcated between a liability component and an equity component. The objective of the guidance is to require the liability and equity components of convertible debt to be separately accounted for in a manner such that the interest expense recorded on the convertible debt would not equal the contractual rate of interest on the convertible debt but instead would be recorded at a rate that would reflect the issuer’s conventional debt borrowing rate. This is accomplished through the creation of a discount on the debt that would be accreted using the effective interest method as additional non-cash interest expense over the period the debt is expected to remain outstanding. The provisions of FSP APB 14-1 are effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2009 and will be required to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. The Company believes that FSP APB 14-1, will impact the accounting for its 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 and will result in additional interest expense of approximately $8.1 million and $8.9 million in fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively. Upon adoption, the Company will reduce, its debt balance by recording a debt discount of approximately $55.8 million, with an offsetting increase to additional paid in capital. Such amount will be amortized over the remaining expected life of the debt.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position SFAS 107-b, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“FSP SFAS 107-b”). The FSP amends FASB Statement No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Values of Financial Instruments,” to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. FSP SFAS 107-b is effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009, but early adoption is permitted for interim periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company plans to adopt FSP SFAS 107-b and provide the additional disclosure requirements for its first quarter 2010.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (SFAS 165). Under SFAS 165, requires companies to evaluate events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued, or available to be issued in the case of non-public entities. SFAS 165 requires entities to recognize in the financial statements the effect of all events or transactions that provide additional evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the financial preparation process. Entities shall not recognize the impact of events or transactions that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the balance sheet date but arose after that date. SFAS 165, also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. SFAS 165 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 165 for the year ended June 30, 2009, as required, the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. The Company has evaluated


79


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
 
subsequent events from the balance sheet date through September 3, 2009, and determined there are no material transactions to disclose.
 
In June, 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168 (SFAS 168) “Accounting Standards Codificationtm and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162. SFAS 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codificationtm as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP. FAS 168 will be effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, for most entities. On the effective date, all non-SEC accounting and reporting standards will be superseded. The Company will adopt SFAS 168 for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009, as required, and adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
3.   Supplementary Cash Flow Information
 
Non-Cash Transactions
 
On July 21, 2006, the Company wrote-off $1.5 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to the $70.0 million principal repayment of OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 (“Notes”). On October 30, 2006, the Company wrote-off $7.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs related to the $198.0 million principal redemption of the Notes. In fiscal 2007, the Company wrote-off $28.5 million of goodwill and other intangibles related to the reorganization of WTP. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company accrued $57.4 million in relation to the pending Ontario settlement and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in other Canadian provinces.
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan
 
The Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) states that 784,392 shares of its common stock may be awarded to directors, employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options. Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) may also be granted in tandem with the non-qualified stock options or the incentive stock options. Exercise of the SARs cancels the option for an equal number of shares and exercise of the non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options cancels the SARs for an equal number of shares. The number of shares issued under the 1999 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 1999 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after February 15, 2009. All options granted under the 1999 Plan became 100% exercisable in conjunction with the Company’s Initial Public Offering on January 28, 2005.
 
The Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) states that 1,718,695 shares of its common stock may be awarded to employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options or restricted stock awards. The number of shares issued under the 2005 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 2005 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after January 24, 2015.
 
On November 15, 2007, at the Company’s 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the stockholders adopted the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and performance awards (collectively, the “Awards”) to officers, employees, non-employee members of the Board, independent consultants and contractors of the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company. The maximum


80


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the 2007 Plan is 2,500,000; provided, however, that no more than 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be awarded as restricted stock or restricted stock unit Awards. The shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the 2007 Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired shares of common stock. No grantee may receive an Award relating to more than 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate per fiscal year under the 2007 Plan.
 
Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the aforementioned plans have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. To date no stock appreciation rights have been granted.
 
The following table presents information on stock options:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
       
          Average
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Term
    Intrinsic
 
          Price     (years)     Value  
                      ($ in millions)  
 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2006
                               
(1,622,642 shares exercisable)
    1,715,142     $ 12.07                  
Granted
    310,375     $ 21.96                  
Exercised
    (708,900 )   $ 9.78                  
Forfeited
    (19,017 )   $ 19.30                  
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2007
                               
(1,020,716 shares exercisable)
    1,297,600     $ 15.58                  
Granted
    383,680     $ 18.12                  
Exercised
    (79,544 )   $ 13.25                  
Forfeited
    (59,373 )   $ 17.68                  
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2008
                               
(1,028,778 shares exercisable)
    1,542,363     $ 16.25                  
Granted
    457,723     $ 8.49                  
Exercised
    (260,545 )   $ 12.73                  
Forfeited
    (164,357 )   $ 16.42                  
                                 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2009
    1,575,184     $ 14.56       7.8     $ 3.0  
                                 
Exercisable at June 30, 2009
    911,623     $ 16.37       6.8     $ 0.7  
                                 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table reflects the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price of the options, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on June 30, 2009. The intrinsic value of the Company’s stock options changes based on the closing price of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $13.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2009 the total unrecognized compensation to be recognized over an estimated weighted-average period of 1.9 years related to stock options is expected to be $2.2 million. Cash received from stock options exercised for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 was $1.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively.


81


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
The weighted average fair value of each employee option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants during the fiscal years ended 2007, 2008 and 2009:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Expected volatility
    48.3 %     51.0 %     49.6 %
Expected life (years)
    6.0       6.0       5.8  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.68 %     3.68 %     2.51 %
Expected dividends
    None       None       None  
Weighted average fair value
  $ 11.47     $ 9.50     $ 4.12  
 
Restricted stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining certain annual pre-tax earnings targets (“performance-based”) and, (ii) after a designated period of time (“time-based”), which is generally three years. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the requisite service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is measured based on the fair value using the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
 
Information concerning restricted stock awards is as follows:
 
                 
    Restricted
    Weighted
 
    Stock
    Average
 
    Awards     Price  
 
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
    107,841     $ 18.36  
Granted
    36,924     $ 24.36  
Vested
    (22,483 )   $ 20.25  
Forfeited
    (11,131 )   $ 18.36  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
    111,151     $ 19.97  
Granted
    12,481     $ 29.42  
Vested
    (50,028 )   $ 19.72  
Forfeited
    (21,299 )   $ 21.36  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
    52,305     $ 21.90  
Granted
    96,752     $ 9.38  
Vested
    (40,553 )   $ 20.57  
Forfeited
    (3,046 )   $ 18.49  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
    105,458     $ 11.03  
                 
 
Restricted Stock Unit awards (RSUs) granted under the 2005 Plan and 2007 Plan become vested after a designated period of time (“time-based”), which is generally on a quarterly basis over three years. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the requisite service period. Compensation expense related to RSUs is measured based on the fair value using the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.


82


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
 
Information concerning restricted stock unit awards is as follows:
 
                 
    Restricted
    Weighted
 
    Stock Unit
    Average
 
    Awards     Grant  
 
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
        $  
Granted
    124,438     $ 28.53  
Vested
        $  
Forfeited
        $  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
    124,438     $ 28.53  
Granted
    163,595     $ 18.49  
Vested
    (39,818 )   $ 28.35  
Forfeited
    (21,413 )   $ 28.53  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
    226,802     $ 21.32  
Granted
    306,336     $ 7.88  
Vested
    (102,883 )   $ 21.81  
Forfeited
    (16,329 )   $ 21.12  
                 
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
    413,926     $ 11.25  
                 
 
As of June 30, 2009, there was $4.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. The total fair value of shares vested during twelve months ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.5 million $2.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
 
5.   Employee Retirement Plans
 
Retirement benefits are provided to substantially all U.S. full-time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service through a defined contribution retirement plan. The Company will match 50% of each employee’s contribution, up to 8% of the employee’s compensation. In addition, a discretionary contribution may be made if the Company meets its financial objectives. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries offer similar plans, the terms of which vary based on statutory requirements.
 
Total contributions charged to expense were $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Effective December 31, 2004, the Company established the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan’s primary purpose is to provide tax-advantageous asset accumulation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to fifty percent of base salary and/or one hundred percent of bonus earned. The Administrator, persons appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors, may further limit the minimum or maximum amount deferred by any Participants, for any reason.
 
During fiscal 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved discretionary contributions to the Plan in the amount of $1.8 million. Contributions to the plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining annual pre-tax earnings targets and, (ii) after a designated period of time, which is between 24 and 36 months. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals.


83


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
5.   Employee Retirement Plans (continued)
 
During fiscal 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved discretionary contributions to the Plan in the amount of $1.1 million. Each such award was granted July 1, 2007 and vests ratably on an annual basis over a three-year period if, and only if, the Company attains certain strategic objectives as established by the Board of Directors for each fiscal year during the three-year period. The Company attained those strategic objectives for fiscal years 2008 and 2009.
 
There were no discretionary contributions to the Plan approved by the Board of Directors during fiscal years 2008 and 2009.
 
Compensation expense related to discretionary contributions was $0.6, $0.8 million and $0.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
6.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment at June 30, 2008 and 2009 consist of (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2008     2009  
 
Land
  $ 189     $ 156  
Leasehold improvements
    67,308       61,986  
Equipment and furniture
    98,838       96,275  
                 
      166,335       158,417  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (98,302 )     (99,803 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 68,033     $ 58,614  
                 
 
Depreciation expense amounted to $12.8 million, $17.6 million and $16.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
7.   Debt
 
The Company had debt obligations at June 30, 2008 and 2009 as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2008     2009  
 
Revolving credit facility
  $ 5,341     $  
Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
    200,000       200,000  
Term loans due October 2012
    377,863       368,722  
Other
          6,268  
                 
Total debt
    583,204       574,990  
Less: current portion of debt
    (9,187 )     (5,880 )
                 
Long-term debt
  $ 574,017     $ 569,110  
                 
 
On July 21, 2006, the Company used the $80.8 million net proceeds from its follow-on offering of common stock to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of its outstanding 9.75% senior notes due 2011 (“Notes”), pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and use the remaining $2.6 million for working capital purposes.
 
On September 14, 2006, OPCO commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of its outstanding $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.75% senior notes due 2011 on the terms and


84


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated September 14, 2006 and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, OPCO received the requisite consents from holders of the Notes to approve certain amendments to the indenture (“Amendments”) under which the Notes were issued. The Amendments eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default. The Amendments to the indenture governing the Notes are set forth in a Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 27, 2006 among OPCO, certain of OPCO’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, (“Supplemental Indenture”), and became operative and binding on the holders of the Notes as of October 30, 2006, in connection with the closing of the credit facilities, explained below, and the acceptance of the Notes tendered pursuant to the tender offer.
 
The total consideration for the Notes tendered and accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer was determined as specified in the tender offer documents, on the basis of a yield to the first redemption date for the Notes equal to the sum of (i) the yield (based on the bid side price) of the 3.00% U.S. Treasury Security due November 15, 2007, as calculated by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC in accordance with standard market practice on the price determination date, as described in the tender offer documents, plus (ii) a fixed spread of 50 basis points. OPCO paid accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the applicable payment date, October 30, 2006. Each holder who validly tendered its Notes and delivered consents on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on September 27, 2006 was entitled to a consent payment, which was included in the total consideration set forth above, of $30 for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes tendered by such holder to the extent such Notes were accepted for purchase pursuant to the terms of the tender offer and consent solicitation. Holders who tendered Notes were required to consent to the Amendments. The total principal amount of the Notes tendered was $198.0 million.
 
On November 15, 2007, the Company redeemed the remaining $2.0 million principal of the Notes at a redemption price of 104.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $0.1 million.
 
Refinancing of Existing Credit Facility
 
On October 30, 2006, the Company completed the refinancing of its existing credit facilities and entered into a new $475.0 million credit facility (“New Credit Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement is comprised of the following: (i) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of USD 75.0 million (the “U.S. Revolving Facility”) with OPCO as the borrower; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility with an aggregate amount of USD 295.0 million (the “Canadian Term Facility”) with National Money Mart Company, a wholly-owned Canadian indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower; (iii) a senior secured term loan facility with Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, a wholly-owned U.K. indirect subsidiary of OPCO, as the borrower, in an aggregate amount of USD 80.0 million (consisting of a USD 40.0 million tranche of term loans and another tranche of term loans equivalent to USD 40.0 million denominated in Euros) (the “UK Term Facility”) and (iv) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of C$28.5 million (the “Canadian Revolving Facility”) with National Money Mart Company as the borrower.
 
On October 30, 2006, National Money Mart Company borrowed USD 170.0 million under the Canadian Term Facility, Dollar Financial U.K. borrowed USD 80.0 million under the U.K. Term Facility and OPCO borrowed USD 14.6 million under the US Revolving Facility. These funds were used to repurchase USD 198.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued by OPCO pursuant to the previously discussed cash tender offer and consent solicitation for all outstanding Notes, to repay the outstanding principal amounts, accrued interest and expenses under OPCO’s existing credit facility and to pay related transaction costs. On October 31, 2006, National Money Mart Company borrowed an additional USD 125.0 million under the Canadian Term Facility to fund the Canadian Acquisition, as further described below, and to pay related transaction costs.


85


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
The U.S. Revolving Facility and the Canadian Revolving Facility have an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points and CDOR plus 300 basis points, respectively, subject to reduction as the Company reduces its leverage. The Canadian Term Facility consisted of USD 295.0 million at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 275 basis points. The U.K. Term Facility consisted of a USD 40.0 million tranche at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points and a tranche denominated in Euros equivalent to USD 40.0 million at an interest rate of Euribor plus 300 basis points.
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary entered into an overdraft facility (“U.K. Revolving Facility”) which provides for a commitment of up to GBP 5.0 million. Amounts outstanding under the U.K. Revolver Facility bear interest at a rate of the Bank base Rate (currently 0.5%) plus 0.5%.
 
At June 30, 2009 there were no amounts outstanding under the U.S. Revolving Facility, the Canadian Revolving Facility nor the U.K. Revolving Facility. At June 30, 2009, the outstanding amount of the Canadian Term Facility was USD 286.9 million and the outstanding amount of the U.K. Term Facility consisted of USD 38.9 million and EUR 30.6 million. Each term loan will mature on October 30, 2012, and will amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the applicable term loan for the first twenty-three (23) quarters following funding, with the outstanding principal balance payable in full on the maturity date of such term loan. Each revolving facility will mature and the commitments there under will terminate on October 30, 2011.
 
The obligations under the U.S. Revolving Facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The obligations under the Canadian Term Facility, the Canadian Revolving Facility and the U.K. Term Facility are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its domestic and foreign direct and indirect subsidiaries. The obligations of the respective borrowers and guarantors under the facilities are secured by substantially all of the assets of such borrowers and guarantors.
 
The New Credit Agreement contains certain financial and other restrictive covenants, which, among other things, requires the Company to achieve certain financial ratios, limit capital expenditures, restrict payment of dividends and obtain certain approvals if the Company wants to increase borrowings. As of June 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
 
2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027
 
On June 27, 2007, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Dollar Financial Corp. 2.875% Senior Convertible Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private offering for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”). The Company received proceeds of approximately $193.5 million from the issuance, net of underwriting fees of approximately $6.4 million. Underwriting fees are included in issuance costs on the Company’s balance sheet and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over 5.5 years. The Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s other existing and future obligations that are unsecured and unsubordinated. The Convertible Notes bear interest at the rate of 2.875% per year, payable every June 30 and December 31 beginning December 31, 2007. The Convertible Notes mature on June 30, 2027, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased by the Company. Holders of the Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase in cash some or all of the Convertible Notes at any time before the Convertible Notes’ maturity following a fundamental change as defined in the Indenture dated June 27, 2007 (the “Indenture”).
 
The Indenture includes a “net share settlement” provision that allows the Company, upon redemption or conversion, to settle the principal amount of the notes in cash and the additional conversion value, if any, in shares of the Company’s common stock. Holders of the Convertible Notes may convert their Convertible Notes


86


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
based at an initial conversion rate of 25.7759 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, subject to adjustment, prior to stated maturity under the following circumstances:
 
  •  during any calendar quarter commencing after September 30, 2007, if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter;
 
  •  during the five day period following any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price of the Convertible Notes for each day of such period was less than 98.0% of the product of the closing sale price per share of the Company’s common stock on such day and the conversion rate in effect for the Convertible Notes on each such day;
 
  •  if such notes have been called for redemption; at any time on or after December 31, 2026; or
 
  •  upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions as described in the Indenture.
 
If a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to December 31, 2014 and a holder elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such transaction, the Company will pay a make whole provision, as defined in the Indenture.
 
On or after December 31, 2012, but prior to December 31, 2014, the Company may redeem for cash all or part of the Convertible Notes, if during any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending not later than December 31, 2014, the closing sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock is for at least 120 trading days within such period of 30 consecutive trading days greater than or equal to 120% of the conversion price on each such day. On or after December 31, 2014, the Company may redeem for cash all or part of the Convertible Notes, upon at least 30 but not more than 60 days notice before the redemption date by mail to the trustee, the paying agent and each holder of Convertible Notes. The amount of cash paid in connection with each such redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, up to but excluding the redemption date.
 
Holders have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the Notes on December 31, 2012, December 31, 2014, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2022 (each of which are referred to as the purchase date). The purchase price payable will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be purchase plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, up to but excluding the purchase date.
 
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, before maturity of the Convertible Notes, holders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of the Convertible Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional amounts, up to but excluding the date of repurchase.
 
The Company has considered the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Abstract No. 98-5, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratio” (“EITF 98-5”), and has determined that the Convertible Notes do not contain a beneficial conversion feature, as the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance was less than the initial conversion price.
 
Upon conversion, the Company will have the option to either deliver:
 
  1.  cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be converted ($1,000 per note) or the total conversion value; and shares of the Company’s common stock in respect


87


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Debt (continued)
 
  of the remainder, if any, of the conversion value over the principal amount of the Convertible Notes; or
 
  2.  shares of the Company’s common stock to the holders, calculated at the initial conversion price which is subject to any of the conversion price adjustments discussed above at any time before December 31, 2006.
 
The Company has made a policy election to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash. As such, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share (“FAS 128”), the Notes will be excluded from the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share.
 
Interest expense, net was $31.5 million, $36.6 million and $35.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
8.   Income Taxes
 
U.S. income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries. The Company’s intention is to reinvest these earnings indefinitely. The Company believes that any U.S. tax on repatriated earnings would be substantially offset by U.S. foreign tax credits and or by use of available net operating loss carry forwards subject to the limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As of June 30, 2009, there are $129.2 million of undistributed foreign earnings.
 
The Company’s U.S. and foreign income before income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is set forth below ( in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
U.S
  $ (70,032 )   $ (4,178 )   $ (25,366 )
Foreign
    75,564       91,366       42,164  
                         
Total
  $ 5,532     $ 87,188     $ 16,798  
                         
 
The details of the Company’s income tax provision for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are set forth below (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Current:
                       
U.S. Federal
  $     $ (174 )   $  
Foreign
    36,223       30,297       25,133  
State
          2       183  
                         
Total
  $ 36,223     $ 30,125     $ 25,316  
Deferred:
                       
U.S. Federal
  $ 589     $ 3,314     $ 4,865  
Foreign
    923       2,576       (15,158 )
                         
Total
  $ 1,512     $ 5,890     $ (10,293 )
                         
Total income tax provision
  $ 37,735     $ 36,015     $ 15,023  
                         


88


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Income Taxes (continued)
 
Below is the reconcilation of income tax expense from the U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Tax provision at federal statutory rate
  $ 1,936     $ 30,516     $ 5,879  
Add(deduct)
                       
State tax provision
          1       183  
Canadian withholding
    521       349       245  
Effect of foreign operations
    (9,648 )     2,024       (2,769 )
Change in uncertain tax position related to transfer pricing
                (2,853 )
Foreign exchange gain
                3,367  
Other permanent differences
    (5,158 )     (770 )     3,275  
UK goodwill amortization
                536  
Valuation allowance
    50,084       3,895       7,160  
                         
Tax provision at effective tax rate
  $ 37,735     $ 36,015     $ 15,023  
                         
 
Prior to the global debt restructuring completed in the Company’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, interest expense in the U.S. resulted in U.S. tax losses, thus generating deferred tax assets. The Company provided a valuation allowance against all of its U.S. deferred tax assets at June 30, 2009 and 2008 which amounted to $102.3 million and $96.2 million, respectively. Because realization is not assured, the Company has not recorded the benefit of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2009, the Company has approximately $106.3 million of federal net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2024, if not utilized. The Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $45.6 million, which will begin to expire in 2017 if not utilized. Additionally, in fiscal 2007 the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1.3 million against a Canadian foreign currency loss. The loss is capital in nature and at this time the Company has not identified any potential capital gains against which to offset the loss.


89


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Income Taxes (continued)
 
The details of the Company’s 2007-2009 deferred tax assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 are set forth below (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Deferred tax assets
                       
Loss reserves
  $ 5,372     $ 5,952     $ 3,817  
Depreciation and amortization
    10,616       10,234       10,752  
Accrued compensation
    1,531       2,446       2,949  
Other accrued expenses
    3,154       1,998       18,660  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    34,718       30,187       37,198  
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
    38,569       45,705       45,590  
Foreign capital loss carryforwards
    1,411       1,473       1,290  
Foreign currency swaps
    3,009       11,128       9,891  
Other
    183       758       516  
                         
Total deferred tax assets
    98,563       109,881       130,663  
Valuation Allowance
    (94,018 )     (97,690 )     (103,562 )
                         
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 4,545     $ 12,191     $ 27,101  
                         
Deferred tax liabilities
                       
Amortization and other temporary differences
  $ (7,679 )   $ (13,267 )   $ (18,876 )
Foreign currency transactions
    (5,034 )     (9,085 )     (71 )
                         
Total deferred tax liability
    (12,713 )     (22,352 )     (18,947 )
                         
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (8,168 )   $ (10,161 )   $ 8,154  
                         
 
The analysis of the change in the Company’s valuation allowance for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is set forth below (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ (47,517 )   $ (94,018 )   $ (97,690 )
(Provision)/benefit
    (50,084 )     (3,895 )     (7,160 )
Other additions/(deductions)
    3,583       223       1,288  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ (94,018 )   $ (97,690 )   $ (103,562 )
                         
 
Foreign, federal and state income taxes of approximately $35.8 million, $29.2 million and $25.8 million were paid during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Company believes that its ability to utilize pre-2007 net operating losses in a given year will be limited to $9.0 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which the Company refers to as the Code, because of changes of ownership resulting from the June 2006 follow-on equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce the Company’s net operating losses or further limit its ability to utilize the net operating losses under the Code. The deferred tax asset related to excess foreign tax credits is also fully offset by a valuation allowance of $45.6 million.


90


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Income Taxes (continued)
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The implementation of FIN 48 did not result in any adjustment in its liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. At the adoption date of July 1, 2007, the Company had unrecognized tax benefit reserves related to uncertain tax positions of $7.6 million. At June 30, 2008 and 2009 the Company had $9.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively of unrecognized tax benefits, primarily related to transfer pricing matters, which if recognized, would reduce the effective tax rate. It is not anticipated that any portion of this reserve will reverse in the next 12 months. The reduction of $2.1 million in the reserve related to uncertain tax positions was principally caused by the impact of a favorable Competent Authority settlement.
 
The tax years ending June 30, 2005 through 2008 remain open to examination by the taxing authorities in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada. The Company just recently settled its Federal audit with the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal 2007 with only an adjustment to its foreign tax credit carryforward but no impact on the Company’s effective tax rate.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had approximately $0.5 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions which remained materially unchanged from the prior year. The provision for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest, is included in income taxes payable.
 
A reconciliation of the liability for uncertain tax position for fiscal 2009 follows:
 
         
Balance at July 1, 2008
  $ 9,919  
Net decreases due to current year tax positions
    (2,146 )
         
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 7,773  
         
 
9.   Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
 
On June 16, 2006, the Company announced the pricing of an underwritten follow-on offering of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this follow-on offering, which on July 21, 2006 were used to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of the Notes. On October 30, 2006, the Company completed the refinancing of $198.0 million principal amount of the Notes and entered into the New Credit Agreement. On November 15, 2007 the Company redeemed the remaining $2.0 million principal amount outstanding of the Notes.
 
In connection with the redemptions of the aforementioned outstanding principal amounts of the Company’s Notes, the Company incurred related losses on the extinguishment of debt. For the periods presented, the loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Call Premium
  $ 6.8     $ 0.1     $  
Write-off of original issue discount, net
    (1.4 )            
Tender premium
    17.6              
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    8.8              
                         
    $ 31.8     $ 0.1     $  
                         


91


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
10.   Commitments
 
The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for office and retail space and certain equipment with terms ranging from one to five years, most of which contain standard optional renewal clauses. Total rent expense under operating leases amounted to $27.8 million, $37.0 million and $36.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
At June 30, 2009, future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2010
  $ 33,532  
2011
    27,006  
2012
    20,991  
2013
    15,795  
2014
    11,857  
Thereafter
    25,897  
         
    $ 135,078  
         
 
11.   Acquisitions
 
The following acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
 
On August 30, 2007, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 45 retail stores, operating as Check Casher, American Check Casher, Cash Advance, American Payday Loans, Cash Advance USA and Payday Loans (collectively, “American Payday Loans” or “APL Acquisition”). The purchase price was $29.3 million in cash including $2.0 million in cash that will be held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims. The Company anticipates a full return of the $2.0 million escrow balance. In addition, the agreement included a maximum revenue-based earn-out of up to $3.0 million which would have been payable in February 2009, however the provisions of the earn-out were not met. Between August 2007 and March 2008, we consummated a series of acquisitions of the 45 stores, which were located in Kansas, Missouri, Hawaii, Oklahoma, Arizona, Iowa, South Carolina and Nebraska. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to loans receivable for $4.7 million and other assets for $2.6 million. A portion of the proceeds from the $200.0 million senior convertible note offering on June 27, 2007 were utilized to pay for the APL Acquisition. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $22.0 million and was recorded to goodwill.
 
On December 15, 2007, the Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of 81 financial services stores and one corporate office in southeast Florida (the “CCS Acquisition”) from CCS Financial Services, Inc. d/b/a/ The Check Cashing Store (“CCS”). The acquisition was effected pursuant to the terms of an asset purchase agreement dated October 11, 2007. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $102.1 million cash, including $6.0 million in cash to be held in escrow for 24 months to secure certain indemnification claims. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to loans receivable for $7.6 million, cash in stores for $2.1 million, fixed assets for $3.9 million and other assets for $0.5 million. A portion of the proceeds from the $200 million senior convertible note offering on June 27, 2007 was utilized to pay for the CCS Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $88.0 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
On December 19, 2007, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire all of the shares of Cash Your Cheque, Ltd, a U.K. entity, which operates seven check cashing and single-payment consumer lending stores. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $4.2 million in cash. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The Company allocated approximately $0.6 million to net


92


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Acquisitions (continued)
 
assets acquired. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $3.6 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
On February 26, 2008, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 10 financial stores in Ontario, Canada operating under the name Unicash. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was $1.4 million cash. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The Company allocated approximately $0.2 million to the net assets acquired. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $1.2 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
During fiscal 2008, the Company completed various smaller acquisitions in Canada and the United Kingdom for an approximate purchase price of approximately $8.5 million that resulted in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $4.7 million.
 
On October 17, 2008, the Company entered in a series of purchase agreements to acquire substantially all of the assets of six franchised stores from a franchisee of the Company’s wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $3.3 million in cash. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The company allocated a portion of the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets, reacquired franchise rights, in the amount of $2.6 million and other assets in the amount of $0.7 million. There was no excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired.
 
On April 21, 2009, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire all of the shares of Express Finance Limited, a U.K. Internet-based consumer lending business. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $6.8 million in cash. In addition, the agreement provides for an earnings-related contingent consideration amount based on the results for the two years following the date of acquisition. No amounts have been recorded for this contingent consideration. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The Company allocated approximately $0.8 million to net assets acquired including $2.8 million in net loans receivable. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $6.0 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of 2 pawn shops located n Scotland from Robert Biggar Limited. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $8.0 million in cash. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The Company allocated approximately $3.7 million to net assets acquired. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $4.3 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
On June 30, 2009, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire 76% of the shares of Optima, S.A., a consumer lending business in Poland. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $5.6 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $6.3 million in debt. The holders of the assumed debt are current shareholders of Optima. In addition, the agreement provides for an earnings-related contingent consideration amount based on the cumulative three year period following the date of acquisition. No amounts have been recorded for this contingent consideration. The Company used excess cash to fund the acquisition. The Company allocated approximately $1.3 million to net assets acquired including $7.4 million in net loans receivable. The excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired was $4.6 million and was recorded as goodwill.
 
During fiscal 2009, the Company completed various smaller acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom for a purchase price of approximately $2.1 million that resulted in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $1.5 million, calculated as the excess purchase price over the preliminary fair value of the identifiable assets acquired.


93


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Acquisitions (continued)
 
One of the core strategies of the Company is to capitalize on its competitive strengths and enhance our leading marketing positions. One of the key elements in that strategy is the intention to grow our network through acquisitions. All of the Company’s acquisitions during fiscal year 2009 provide us with increased market penetration or in some cases the opportunity to enter new platforms and geographies. The purchase price of each acquisition is primarily based on a multiple of historical earnings. Our standard business model, and that of the industry’s, is one that does not rely heavily on tangible assets and therefore, it is common to have a majority of the purchase price allocated to goodwill, or in some cases, intangibles.
 
The following reflects the change in goodwill during the periods presented (in millions):
 
         
Balance at June 30, 2008
  $ 419.4  
Acquisitions:
       
Express Finance Limited
    6.0  
Robert Biggar Limited
    4.3  
Optima, S.A. 
    4.6  
Various small acquisitions
    1.5  
Foreign currency adjustment
    (29.3 )
         
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 406.5  
         
 
The following unaudited pro forma information for the years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 presents the results of operations as if the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma operating results include the results of these acquisitions for the indicated periods and reflect the increased interest expense on acquisition debt and the income tax impact as of the respective purchase dates of the APL, the CCS, Express Finance, Robert Biggar and Optima acquisitions. Pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the purchase been made on the date above or the results which may occur in the future.
 
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
    2008     2009  
    (Unaudited — in
 
    thousands except per
 
    share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $ 614,805     $ 543,711  
Net income
  $ 58,406     $ 6,979  
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 2.42     $ 0.29  
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 2.38     $ 0.29  
 
12.   We The People Restructuring Plan
 
In December 2006, due to the inability to integrate the WTP business with the Company’s existing check cashing and short term consumer lending store network along with the litigation surrounding the WTP business, the Company approved and implemented a restructuring plan for the WTP business, which had previously been included in the Company’s U.S. reporting unit. The restructuring plan includes the closing of all of the company-owned WTP locations and a focus on improving the performance and profitability of the document processing segment of the business by consolidating satellite processing centers and eliminating low volume products and related costs, while concentrating its sales effort, with respect to new WTP franchises, in a select group of targeted states.


94


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   We The People Restructuring Plan (continued)
 
As a result of the restructuring initiatives, in fiscal 2007, the Company incurred $1.2 million for cash expenses related to the closure of the company-operated stores and other initiatives. In addition, the Company incurred $23.2 million in one-time non-cash charges including the write-off of $22.5 million of goodwill and $0.7 million in other tangible and intangible assets, net of deferred fees, which is included in goodwill impairment and other charges on the statement of operations. There were no charges related to the WTP restructuring plan during the fiscal years 2008 and 2009. See Note 13 for further discussion.
 
13.   Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 and the June 30, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    United States     Canada     United Kingdom     Total  
 
Balance at June 30, 2007
  $ 94,163     $ 134,081     $ 65,218     $ 293,462  
Acquisition
    111,047       1,870       7,722       120,639  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          5,892       (642 )     5,250  
                                 
Balance at June 30, 2008
  $ 205,210     $ 141,843     $ 72,298     $ 419,351  
Acquisition
    5,125       51       11,287       16,463  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          (17,441 )     (11,819 )     (29,260 )
                                 
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 210,335     $ 124,453     $ 71,766     $ 406,554  
                                 
 
The following table reflects the components of intangible assets (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30, 2008     June 30, 2009  
    Gross Carrying
    Gross Carrying
 
    Amount     Amount  
 
Non-amortized intangible assets:
               
Goodwill
  $ 419,351     $ 406,554  
Reacquired franchise rights
    51,380       47,793  
                 
    $ 470,731     $ 454,347  
                 
 
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Intangible assets consist of reacquired franchise rights, which are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of June 30, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. As of June 30, 2009, there is no impairment of goodwill. However, if market conditions continue to worsen or there is significant regulatory action that negatively affects our business, there can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.
 
Identified intangibles with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge would be recognized to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2008, there


95


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
 
was no impairment of reacquired franchise rights. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.
 
The fair value of the Company’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are estimated based upon a present value technique using discounted future cash flows. The Company uses management business plans and projections as the basis for expected future cash flows. Assumptions in estimating future cash flows are subject to a high degree of judgment. The Company makes every effort to forecast its future cash flows as accurately as possible at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the implied fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and could result in an additional impairment charge in future periods.
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities
 
Due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, except for those matters where an accrual has been provided for, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the range of loss, if any, at this time in connection with the legal proceedings discussed below. While the outcome of many of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and that the ultimate cost to resolve these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition to the legal proceedings discussed below, the Company is involved in routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
We assess the materiality of litigation by reviewing a range of qualitative and quantitative factors. These factors include the size of the potential claims, the merits of the Company’s defenses and the likelihood of plaintiffs’ success on the merits, the regulatory environment that could impact such claims and the potential impact of the litigation on our business. The Company evaluates the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome of the legal or regulatory proceedings to which it is a party in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” This assessment is subjective based on the status of the legal proceedings and is based on consultation with in-house and external legal counsel. The actual outcomes of these proceedings may differ from the Company’s assessments.
 
Canadian Legal Proceedings
 
On August 19, 2003, a former customer in Ontario, Canada, Margaret Smith commenced an action against OPCO and the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, Money Mart, on behalf of a purported class of Ontario borrowers who, Smith claims, were subjected to usurious charges in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleges violations of a Canadian federal law proscribing usury, seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, and seeks injunctive relief prohibiting further alleged usurious charges. The plaintiff’s motion for class certification was granted on January 5, 2007. The trial of the common issues commenced on April 27, 2009 but was suspended when the parties reached a settlement. During the fiscal quarter and fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, our Canadian subsidiary, Money Mart, recorded a charge of US$57.4 million in relation to the pending Ontario settlement and for the potential settlement of certain of the similar class action proceedings pending in other Canadian provinces described below. There is no assurance that the Ontario settlement of a class action proceeding in the provinces of Canada will receive final Court approval or that any of the other class action proceedings will be settled. Although we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in the proceedings and intend to vigorously defend against such claims, the ultimate cost of resolution of such claims, either through settlements or pursuant to litigation, may substantially exceed the amount accrued at June 30, 2009, and additional accruals may be required in the future. Of the amount recorded, $6.5 million was paid during the


96


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

Canadian Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
fourth quarter, and the remaining provision of approximately $50.9 million is included in the Company’s accrued expenses.
 
On November 6, 2003, Gareth Young, a former customer, commenced a purported class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from Money Mart in Alberta, alleging, among other things, that the charge to borrowers in connection with such loans is usurious. The action seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. On December 9, 2005, Money Mart settled this action, subject to court approval. On March 3, 2006, just prior to the date scheduled for final court approval of the settlement, the plaintiff’s lawyers advised that they would not proceed with the settlement and indicated their intention to join a purported national class action. No steps have been taken in the action since March 2006. Subsequently, Money Mart commenced an action against the plaintiff and the plaintiff’s lawyer for breach of contract. This latter action has since been resolved.
 
On March 5, 2007, a former customer, H. Craig Day, commenced an action against OPCO, Money Mart and several of the Company’s franchisees in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a putative class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from Money Mart in Alberta. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Day action are substantially the same as those in the Young action but relate to a claim period that commences before and ends after the claim period in the Young action and excludes the claim period described in that action.
 
On January 29, 2003, a former customer, Kurt MacKinnon, commenced an action against Money Mart and 26 other Canadian lenders on behalf of a purported class of British Columbia residents who, MacKinnon claims were overcharged in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, alleges violations of laws proscribing usury and unconscionable trade practices and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, in an unknown amount. Following initial denial, MacKinnon obtained an order permitting him to re-apply for class certification of the action against Money Mart alone, which was appealed. The Court of Appeal granted MacKinnon the right to apply to the original judge to have her amend her order denying class certification. On June 14, 2006, the original judge granted the requested order and Money Mart’s request for leave to appeal the order was dismissed. The certification motion in this action proceeded in conjunction with the certification motion in the Parsons action described below.
 
On April 15, 2005, the solicitor acting for MacKinnon commenced a proposed class action against Money Mart on behalf of another former customer, Louise Parsons. Class certification of the consolidated MacKinnon and Parsons actions was granted on March 14, 2007. In December 2007 the plaintiffs filed a motion to add OPCO as a defendant in this action and in March 2008 an order was granted adding OPCO as a defendant. On July 25, 2008, the plaintiffs’ motion to certify the action against OPCO was granted. The action against Money Mart and OPCO is presently in the discovery phase and a summary trial is scheduled to commence in March 2010.
 
Similar purported class actions have been commenced against Money Mart in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. OPCO is named as a defendant in the actions commenced in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. The claims in these additional actions are substantially similar to those of the Ontario action referred to above.
 
On April 26, and August 3, 2006, two former employees, Peggy White and Kelly Arseneau, commenced companion actions against Money Mart and OPCO. The actions, which are pending in the Superior Court of Ontario, allege negligence on the part of the defendants in security training procedures and breach of fiduciary duty to employees in violation of applicable statutes. The companion lawsuits seek combined damages of


97


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

Canadian Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
C$5.0 million plus interest and costs. These claims have been submitted to the respective insurance carriers. The Company intends to defend these actions vigorously.
 
At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from these matters.
 
California Legal Proceedings
 
On September 11, 2006, Caren Bufil commenced a lawsuit against OPCO; the claims in Bufil are substantially similar to the claims in a previously dismissed case. Bufil seeks class certification of the action alleging that OPCO failed to provide non-management employees with meal and rest breaks required under California law. The suit seeks an unspecified amount of damages and other relief. OPCO filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings, arguing that the Bufil case is duplicative of the previous case and should be dismissed. Plaintiff filed her motion for class certification. OPCO’s motion was granted and Bufil’s motion was denied. Bufil appealed both rulings. In April 2008, the Court of Appeal reversed the trial court’s ruling. OPCO filed a petition for review of that decision with the California Supreme Court, but in July 2008 the Court denied the petition. The case was then returned to the trial court level and was assigned to the complex division. The trial court ordered briefing and a hearing on the issue of what discretion the trial court had on plaintiff’s motion for class certification. After the hearing, the trial court ruled that it had to follow the Court of Appeal’s decision on class certification issues and ordered that the plaintiff’s proposed class and sub-classes be certified. At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from the Bufil case.
 
On April 26, 2007, the San Francisco City Attorney (“City Attorney”) filed a complaint in the name of the People of the State of California alleging that OPCO’s subsidiaries engaged in unlawful and deceptive business practices in violation of California Business and Professions Code Section 17200 by either themselves making installment loans under the guise of marketing and servicing for co-defendant First Bank of Delaware (the “Bank”) or by brokering installment loans made by the Bank in California in violation of the prohibition on usury contained in the California Constitution and the California Finance Lenders Law and that they have otherwise violated the California Finance Lenders Law and the California Deferred Deposit Transaction Law. The complaint seeks broad injunctive relief as well as civil penalties. On January 5, 2009, the City Attorney filed a First Amended Complaint, restating the claims in the original complaint, adding OPCO as a defendant and adding a claim that short-term deferred deposit loans made by the Bank, which were marketed and serviced by OPCO and/or its subsidiaries violated the California Deferred Deposit Transaction law. OPCO and its subsidiaries have denied the allegations of the First Amended Complaint. Discovery is proceeding in state court and no trial date has been set. At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from this case.
 
We The People Legal Proceedings
 
The Company’s business model for its legal document processing services business is being challenged in certain courts, as described below, which could result in the Company’s discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions. The company from which the Company bought the assets of its WTP business, We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”), certain of its franchisees and/or WTP are defendants in various lawsuits. The principal litigation for the WTP business unit is as follows:
 
In May 2007, WTP met with the New York State Attorney General’s Office, Consumer Affairs Division, which had been investigating WTP operation in the New York City area for over three years. The Attorney


98


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
General’s Office alleged that WTP engaged in unfair business practices, including deceptive advertising that harmed New York consumers. The Attorney General’s Office demanded that WTP enter into an Agreed Order of Discontinuance (“AOD”) and demanded WTP pay a fine of approximately $0.3 million, plus investigation costs. WTP denied the allegations and requested that the Attorney General’s Office hold the former New York City WTP owners liable for the alleged misconduct. The terms of the AOD are in negotiation.
 
In May 2007, WTP franchisee Roseann Pennisi and her company, We The People of Westchester Square, New York, Inc., sued the Company, Ira and Linda Distenfield, IDLD, and WTP in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Bronx County. The complaint alleges breach of franchise agreement, tortious interference with franchise agreement, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition against defendants and breach of contract and deception and misrepresentation, unjust enrichment, fraudulent concealment of material facts against the Distenfields and IDLD, Inc. and seeks over $9.0 million in damages. Following a successful motion by WTP to compel arbitration of the plaintiffs’ claims, in October 2008, the plaintiff filed a request to arbitrate with relief requested in the amount of $0.4 million. In August 2009, plaintiff amended her petition to arbitrate and increased it to $650,000. The Company believes the material allegations in the complaint with respect to the Company and WTP are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
In September 2007, Jacqueline Fitzgibbons, who claims to be a former customer of a WTP store, commenced a lawsuit against the Company and others in California Superior Court for Alameda County. The suit alleges on behalf of a putative class of consumers and senior citizens that, from 2003 to 2007, We The People violated California law by advertising and selling living trusts and wills to certain California residents. Fitzgibbons claims, among other things, that the Company and others improperly conspired to provide her with legal advice, misled her as to what, if any, legitimate service We The People provided in preparing documents, and misled her regarding the supervising attorneys’ role in preparing documents. The plaintiff is seeking class certification, prohibition of the Company’s alleged unlawful business practices, and damages on behalf of the class in the form of disgorgement of all monies and profits obtained from unlawful business practices, general and special damages, attorneys’ fees and costs of the suit, statutory and tremble damages pursuant to various California business, elder abuse, and consumer protection codes. The complaint has been amended several times to add new parties and additional claims. The Court granted, in part, the Company’s motion to dismiss certain claims alleged by the plaintiffs. In January 2009, an individual named Robert Blau replaced Fitzgibbons as lead plaintiff. The plaintiffs have moved for class certification and the motion is scheduled to be heard October 19, 2009. The Company is defending these allegations vigorously and believes that the claims and the assertion of class status are without merit.
 
In August 2008, a group of six former We The People customers commenced a lawsuit in St. Louis County, Missouri against the Company, its subsidiary, We The People USA, Inc. and WTP franchisees offering services to Missouri consumers. The plaintiffs allege, on behalf of a putative class of over 1,000 consumers that, from 2002 to the present, defendants violated Missouri law by engaging in: (i) an unauthorized law business, (ii) the unauthorized practice of law, and (iii) unlawful merchandising practices in the sale of its legal documents. The plaintiffs are seeking class certification, prohibition of the defendants’ unlawful business practices, and damages on behalf of the class in the form of disgorgement of all monies and profits obtained from unlawful business practices, attorney’s fees, statutory and treble damages pursuant to various Missouri consumer protection codes. In November 2008, the original six plaintiffs were dismissed by plaintiffs’ counsel and the initial complaint was also later dismissed. In January 2009, former WTP customers, Philip Jones and Carol Martin, on behalf of a punitive class of Missouri customers, filed a lawsuit in St. Louis County against the Company and its subsidiary, We The People USA, Inc., and a St. Louis franchisee entity alleging claims similar to the initial August 2008


99


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Contingent Liabilities (continued)
 

We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
suit. These new plaintiffs also seek class certification. The Company intends to defend these allegations and believes that the plaintiffs’ claims and allegations of class status are without merit.
 
On January 14, 2009, a demand for arbitration was made on behalf of Thomas Greene and Rebecca M. Greene, We The People franchisees, against We The People USA, Inc., We The People LLC and the Company. The demand alleged violations by We The People of certain state and federal franchise laws relating to (1) failure to register the franchise as a business opportunity with the Utah Division of Consumer Protection; (2) earnings claims representations and (3) failure to provide a disclosure document meeting the substantive and timing requirements mandated by the Utah Business Opportunity Act. The Greenes are demanding $425,000 for losses relating to the violations. WTP and the Company believe the allegations are without merit and intend to defend the matter vigorously.
 
In June 2009, a demand for arbitration was filed by a current We The People franchisee, Frank Murphy, Jr., against the Company’s subsidiaries, We The People USA, Inc., and We The People LLC. The demand alleges violations by We The People of certain obligations under the Franchise Agreement and seeks $1 million for losses relating to these violations. WTP believes the allegations are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously.
 
In January 2009, the Company learned that Ira and Linda Distenfield had filed a joint voluntary petition under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In addition to delaying the ultimate resolution of many of the foregoing matters, the economic effect of this filing and, in particular, its effect on the Company’s ability to seek contribution from its co-defendants in connection with any of the foregoing matters, cannot presently be estimated.
 
It is the Company’s opinion that many of the WTP related litigation matters relate to actions undertaken by the Distenfields, IDLD, Inc. and the Former WTP during the period of time when they owned or managed We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc.; this period of time was prior to the acquisition of the assets of the Former WTP by the Company. However, in many of these actions, the Company and WTP have been included as defendants in these cases as well. At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of any of the aforementioned matters against WTP or the Company or any other Company litigation as well.
 
In addition to the matters described above, the Company continues to respond to inquiries it receives from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities from time to time as a routine part of its business regarding its legal document processing services business and its WTP franchisees.
 
15.   Credit Risk
 
At June 30, 2008 and 2009, OPCO had 22 and 37, respectively, bank accounts in major U.S. financial institutions in the aggregate amount of $11.9 million and $4.6 million, respectively, which exceeded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit protection limits. The Canadian Federal Banking system provides customers with similar deposit insurance through the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation (“CDIC”). At June 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary had 32 and 42 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $116.8 million and $100.1 million, respectively, which exceeded CDIC limits. At June 30, 2008 and 2009 the Company’s United Kingdom operations had 47 and 49 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $5.2 million and $13.6 million, respectively. These financial institutions have strong credit ratings and management believes credit risk relating to these deposits is minimal.


100


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Credit Risk (continued)
 
In December 2006, the Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swap transactions to hedge against the change in value of the Company’s U.K. Term Facility and Canadian Term Facility denominated in a currency other than OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries’ respective functional currency. Under these cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with the Company’s two swap counter-parties, the Company hedged $375 million of its debt. These financial institutions have strong credit ratings and management believes the credit risk related to these swaps is minimal. On May 7, 2009, the Company terminated its two cross-currency interest rate swaps hedging variable-rate borrowings at its foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom. As a result, the Company discontinued prospectively hedge accounting on these cross-currency swaps. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 133, the Company will continue to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income included in shareholders’ equity and will subsequently reclassify such amounts into earnings over the remaining original term of the derivative when the hedged forecasted transactions are recognized in earnings. The aggregate unamortized notional amount of the swaps was $409.3 million and $339.9 at June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Company had approximately $114.7 million of net consumer loans on its balance sheet at June 30, 2009 and approximately $115.8 million at June 30, 2008. These amounts are reflected in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2009 and 2008 are reported net of a reserve of $9.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively, related to consumer lending. Loans in default at June 30, 2009 were $6.4 million, net of a $17.0 million allowance, and were $11.3 million, net of a $22.6 million allowance at June 30, 2008.
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses during the fiscal years ended 2007, 2008 and 2009 was as follows (in thousands):
 
Allowances for Loan Losses
 
                                                 
    Balance at
    Provision for
    Foreign
                   
    Beginning of
    Company-Funded
    Currency
          Net Charge-
    Balance at
 
Description
  Period     Loan Losses     Translation     Acquisitions     Offs     End of Period  
 
June 30, 2009
                                               
Loan loss allowance
  $ 7,853     $ 5,526     $ (1,307 )   $ 2,673     $ (5,545 )   $ 9,200  
Defaulted loan allowance
    22,580       45,529       (1,691 )           (49,418 )     17,000  
June 30, 2008
                                               
Loan loss allowance
    8,623       6,498       (129 )           (7,139 )     7,853  
Defaulted loan allowance
    18,045       50,784       368             (46,617 )     22,580  
June 30, 2007
                                               
Loan loss allowance
    5,365       6,126       464             (3,332 )     8,623  
Defaulted loan allowance
  $ 11,694     $ 32,884     $ 638     $     $ (27,171 )   $ 18,045  
 
16.  Capital Stock
 
On July 21, 2008, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase plan, authorizing the Company to repurchase in the aggregate up to $7.5 million of its outstanding common stock, which is the maximum amount of common stock the Company can repurchase pursuant to the terms of its credit facility.
 
Under the plan authorized by its Board of Directors, the Company was permitted to repurchase shares in open market purchases or through privately negotiated transactions as permitted under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 10b-18. The extent to which the Company repurchased its shares and the timing of such repurchases depended upon market conditions and other corporate considerations, as determined by the Company’s management. The purchases were funded from existing cash balances.


101


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
16.   Capital Stock (continued)
 
By October 13, 2008, the Company had repurchased 535,799 shares of its common stock at a cost of approximately $7.5 million, thus completing its stock repurchase plan.
 
17.   Fair Value Measurements
 
SFAS 157 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
 
Currently, the Company uses foreign currency options and cross currency interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate and foreign currency risk. The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and implied volatilities. To comply with the provisions of SFAS No. 157, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of June 30, 2009, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
The table below presents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at June 30, 2009
( in thousands)
 
                                 
    Quoted Prices in
                   
    Active Markets
    Significant
             
    for Identical
    Other
    Significant
    Balance at
 
    Assets and
    Observable
    Unobservable
    June 30,
 
    Liabilities (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)     2009  
 
Assets
                               
Derivative financial instruments
  $     $ 564     $     $ 564  
Liabilities
                               
Derivative financial instruments
  $     $ 10,223     $     $ 10,223  


102


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
The Company does not have any fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of June 30, 2009.
 
18.   Loss on Store Closing and Other Restructuring
 
On June 30, 2008 the Company, as part of a process to rationalize its United States markets, made a determination to close 24 of its unprofitable stores in various United States markets. For all but one of these stores, the cease-use date was July 11, 2008 while one other store had a cease-use date of July 25, 2008. Customers from these stores have been transitioned to other Company stores in close proximity to the stores affected.
 
In August 2008, the Company identified an additional 29 stores in the United States and 17 stores in Canada that were underperforming or overlapping and which were closed or merged into a geographically proximate store. The cease-use date for 44 of these stores was in September 2008 with the cease-use date of the final two U.S. stores completed in the month of October. Customers from these stores were transitioned to other Company stores in close proximity to the stores affected.
 
The Company recorded costs for severance and other retention benefits of $0.6 million and store closure costs of $5.8 million consisting primarily of lease obligations and leasehold improvement write-offs related to the June 2008 and August 2008 store closings. These charges were expensed within loss on store closings on the statements of operations. Of the $6.4 million charge, $3.3 million related to the United States segment and $3.1 million for the Canadian segment.
 
During the fourth quarter of the year ended June 30, 2009, the Company announced the closure of an additional 60 U.S. under-performing stores located in states with uncertain or less favorable regulation, or are located in states where the Company only has a few locations resulting in an inefficient and more costly infrastructure. For all of these locations, the cease-use date was prior to June 30, 2009. The Company recorded costs for severance and other retention benefits of $0.4 million and store closure costs of $2.9 million consisting primarily of lease obligations and leasehold improvement write-offs related to this program. Most of these locations were either at or near their lease-end term. The remaining liability accrued for all of the store closures during fiscal 2009 is approximately $1.2 million as of June 30, 2009.
 
19.   Segment Information
 
The Company categorizes its operations into three operating segments that have been identified giving consideration to geographic area, product mix and regulatory environment. The primary service offerings in all operating segments are check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, money orders, money transfers and other ancillary services. As a result of the mix of service offerings and diversity in the respective regulatory environments, there are differences in each operating segment’s profit margins. Additionally, the United States operating segment includes all corporate headquarters expenses that have not been charged out to the operating segments in the United States, Canada and United Kingdom. This factor also contributes to the lower pre-tax results reported in this segment. Those unallocated corporate headquarters expenses are $3.8 million for fiscal year 2007, $2.7 million for fiscal year 2008 and $6.6 million for fiscal year 2009.


103


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Segment Information (continued)
 
All amounts in thousands
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2007
                               
Total assets
  $ 270,534     $ 405,581     $ 157,504     $ 833,619  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    94,459       179,665       67,557       341,681  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    48,435       66,646       51,673       166,754  
Fees from consumer lending
    73,611       110,010       43,824       227,445  
Money transfers
    4,325       11,678       4,876       20,879  
Franchise fees and royalties
    3,877       3,081             6,958  
Other
    5,757       21,121       6,818       33,696  
                                 
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    136,005       212,536       107,191       455,732  
Provision for loan losses
    22,299       13,692       9,808       45,799  
Interest expense, net
    13,723       11,634       6,105       31,462  
Depreciation and amortization
    4,295       4,545       4,005       12,845  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    31,784                   31,784  
Goodwill impairment and other charges
    24,301                   24,301  
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)
          8,362       (811 )     7,551  
Proceeds from litigation settlements
    (3,256 )                 (3,256 )
Loss on store closings
    772       46       146       964  
Other expense (income), net
    301       (323 )     458       436  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (70,032 )     57,757       17,807       5,532  
Income tax provision
    7,062       25,303       5,370       37,735  
 


104


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Segment Information (continued)
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2008
                               
Total assets
  $ 282,650     $ 473,469     $ 186,804     $ 942,923  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    205,506       189,429       75,796       470,731  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    57,438       81,806       57,336       196,580  
Fees from consumer lending
    79,838       147,313       65,366       292,517  
Money transfers
    5,744       16,124       5,644       27,512  
Franchise fees and royalties
    2,589       2,409             4,998  
Other
    8,122       31,839       10,616       50,577  
                                 
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    153,731       279,491       138,962       572,184  
Provision for loan loss
    24,889       27,115       6,454       58,458  
Interest expense, net
    7,359       21,611       7,599       36,569  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,443       7,017       5,105       17,565  
Provision for litigation settlements
    345                   345  
Loss on store closings
    869       119       5       993  
Other expense (income), net
    106       (627 )     (105 )     (626 )
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (4,178 )     68,706       22,660       87,188  
Income tax provision
    3,491       25,721       6,803       36,015  
 
                                 
    United
          United
       
    States     Canada     Kingdom     Total  
 
2009
                               
Total assets
  $ 289,306     $ 446,198     $ 187,136     $ 922,640  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    210,631       166,149       77,567       454,347  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    56,378       67,830       40,390       164,598  
Fees from consumer lending
    79,612       121,518       74,142       275,272  
Money transfers
    5,926       15,092       5,805       26,823  
Franchise fees and royalties
    1,872       2,339             4,211  
Other
    11,070       29,488       16,391       56,949  
                                 
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    154,858       236,267       136,728       527,853  
Provision for loan loss
    20,821       23,201       8,114       52,136  
Interest expense, net
    11,997       16,499       6,603       35,099  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,553       5,980       5,369       16,902  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain
                (5,499 )     (5,499 )
Provision for litigation settlements
    444       57,476             57,920  
Loss on store closings
    7,170       2,967       203       10,340  
Other expense (income), net
    353       (3,361 )     (1,890 )     (4,898 )
(Loss) income before income taxes(1)
    (20,386 )     769       36,415       16,798  
Income tax provision
    5,106       (44 )     9,961       15,023  
 
 
(1) (Loss) income before income taxes for the United States and Canada have been adjusted by $4,980. This adjustment is related to the disallowed portion that was repaid by the United States to its Canadian subsidiary associated with the settlement granted in the competent authority tax proceeding.

105


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
 
The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and by the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, certain of the Company’s foreign operations in the United Kingdom and Canada expose the Company to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These fluctuations may impact the value of the Company’s cash receipts and payments in terms of the Company’s functional currency. The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to protect the value or fix the amount of certain obligations in terms of its functional currency, the U.S. Dollar.
 
Cash Flow Hedges of Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed the Company to changes in the CAD-USD and GBP-USD foreign exchange rates. From time to time, the Company’s U.K and Canadian subsidiaries purchase investment securities denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. The subsidiaries hedge the related foreign exchange risk typically with the use of out of the money put options because they cost less than completely averting risk using at the money put options, and the maximum loss is limited to the purchase price of the contracts.
 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of foreign exchange risk is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative, as well as amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, is recognized directly in earnings. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had the following outstanding foreign currency derivatives that were used to hedge its foreign exchange risks for the month of July:
 
                 
    Notional
    Notional
 
Foreign Currency Derivates
  Sold     Purchased  
 
CAD Put/USD Call Options
  C$ 12,000,000     $ 10,810,811  
GBP Put/USD Call Options
    GBP 3,600,000     $ 5,760,000  
 
During August 2009 the Company purchased additional foreign currency derivatives to hedge its foreign exchange risks for the months of October, November and December 2009.
 
Cash Flow Hedges of Multiple Risks
 
The Company has foreign subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Canada with variable-rate borrowings denominated in currencies other than the foreign subsidiaries’ functional currencies. The foreign subsidiaries are exposed to fluctuations in both the underlying variable borrowing rate and the foreign currency of the borrowing against its functional currency. The foreign subsidiaries use foreign currency derivatives including cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to fluctuations in the variable borrowing rate and the foreign exchange rate. Cross-currency interest rate swaps involve both periodically (1) exchanging fixed rate interest payments for floating rate interest receipts and (2) exchanging notional amounts which will occur at the forward exchange rates in effect upon entering into the instrument. The derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of both interest rate and foreign exchange risks.
 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk is recorded in other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.


106


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (continued)
 

Cash Flow Hedges of Multiple Risks (continued)
 
The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The Company reclassifies from other comprehensive income to corporate expenses an amount that will offset the related re-measurement gains and losses on the foreign-currency denominated variable-rate borrowings also recorded in corporate expenses.
 
On May 7, 2009, the Company executed an early settlement of its two cross-currency interest rate swaps hedging variable-rate borrowings at its foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom. As a result, the Company discontinued prospectively hedge accounting on these cross-currency swaps. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 133, the Company will continue to report the net gain or loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income included in shareholders’ equity and will subsequently reclassify such amounts into earnings over the remaining original term of the derivative when the hedged forecasted transactions are recognized in earnings.
 
As of June 30, 2009, the Company had the following outstanding derivatives that were used to hedge both interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk:
 
                             
    Pay Fixed
    Pay Fixed Strike
    Receive Floating
    Receive Floating
Foreign Currency Derivates
  Notional     Rate     Notional     Index
 
USD-CAD Cross Currency Swap
    CAD184,503,955       7.135 %   $ 160,462,500     3 mo. LIBOR +
2.75% per annum
USD-CAD Cross Currency Swap
    CAD61,773,249       7.130 %   $ 53,487,500     3 mo. LIBOR +
2.75% per annum
USD-CAD Cross Currency Swap
    CAD84,271,988       7.070 %   $ 72,937,500     3 mo. LIBOR +
2.75% per annum
 
Tabular Disclosures
 
The table below presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2009 (in thousands).
 
                         
Tabular Disclosure of Fair Values of Derivative Instruments(1)  
    Asset Derivatives
    Liability Derivatives
 
    As of June 30, 2009     As of June 30, 2009  
    Balance Sheet
  Fair
    Balance Sheet
  Fair
 
    Location   Value     Location   Value  
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133
                       
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  Prepaid Expenses   $ 564     Other Liabilities   $  
Cross Currency Swaps
  Derivatives           Derivatives     10,223  
                         
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133
      $ 564         $ 10,223  
                         
 
 
(1) The fair values of derivative instruments are presented in the above table on a gross basis. Certain of the above derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements and qualify for net presentation in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 39, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts.
 
The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ending June 30, 2009 (in thousands).
 


107


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (continued)
 

Tabular Disclosures (continued)
 
                                 
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ending June 30, 2009  
                    Location of
     
                    Gain or (Loss)
  Amount of Gain or
 
                    Recognized
  (Loss) Recognized
 
    Amount of Gain or
              in Income on
  in Income on
 
    (Loss) Recognized
    Location of
        Derivative
  Derivative
 
    in OCI on
    Gain or (Loss)
  Amount of Gain or
    (Ineffective
  (Ineffective
 
    Derivative
    Reclassified
  (Loss) Reclassified
    Portion and Amount
  Portion and Amount
 
Derivatives in SFAS 133
  (Effective
    from Accumulated
  from Accumulated
    Excluded from
  Excluded from
 
Cash Flow Hedging
  Portion), net of
    OCI into Income
  OCI into Income
    Effectiveness
  Effectiveness
 
Relationships
  tax     (Effective Portion)   (Effective Portion)     Testing)   Testing)  
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  $ 214     Foreign currency
gain/(loss)
  $     Other income/ (expense)   $  
Cross Currency Swaps
          Interest Expense     (132 )   Other income/ (expense)     45  
      20,660     Corporate
Expenses
    37              
                                 
Total
  $ 20,874         $ (95 )       $ 45  
                                 
 
Credit-risk-related Contingent Features
 
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations
 
The Company’s agreements with its derivative counterparties also contain provisions requiring it to maintain certain minimum financial covenant ratios related to its indebtedness. Failure to comply with the covenant provisions would result in the Company being in default on any derivative instrument obligations covered by the agreement.
 
As of June 30, 2009, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $21.3 million. As of June 30, 2009, the Company has not posted any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $21.3 million.
 
21.   Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is the change in equity from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, which includes foreign currency translation and fair value adjustments for cash flow hedges. The following shows the comprehensive income (loss) for the periods stated (in thousands):
 
                         
    June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,203 )   $ 51,173     $ 1,775  
Foreign currency translation adjustment(1)
    2,940       302       (17,884 )
Fair value adjustments for cash flow hedges, net(2),(3)
    4,426       (7,870 )     (8,152 )
                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (24,837 )   $ 43,605     $ (24,261 )
                         

108


 

 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
21.   Comprehensive Income (Loss) (continued)
 
 
(1) The ending balance of the foreign currency translation adjustments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet were gains of $37.6 million, $37.9 million and $20.2 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
 
(2) Net of $2.2 million, $3.8 million and $7.7 million of tax for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
(3) Net of $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $2.0 million which were reclassified into earnings for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related tax, consisted of net unrealized gains on put options designated as cash flow hedges of $37 thousand, $8.7 million of net unrealized losses on cross-currency interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging transactions and unrealized losses on terminated cross-currency interest rate swaps of $3.5 million at June 30, 2009, compared to net unrealized losses on put options designated as cash flow hedges of $0.2 million and net unrealized losses on cross-currency interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging transactions of $3.6 million at June 30, 2008.
 
22.   Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results
 
Summarized quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                         
                            Year
 
    Three Months Ended     Ended
 
    September 30     December 31     March 31     June 30     June 30  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands except per share data)  
 
Fiscal 2009:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 153,076     $ 132,173     $ 118,164     $ 124,440     $ 527,853  
Income before income taxes
    18,611       22,029       16,262       (40,104 )     16,798  
Net income
    13,385       11,646       7,901       (31,157 )     1,775  
Basic earnings per share
    0.55       0.49       0.33       (1.30 )     0.07  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.55       0.49       0.33       (1.30 )     0.07  
Fiscal 2008:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 130,856     $ 141,721     $ 149,313     $ 150,294     $ 572,184  
Income before income taxes
    20,510       21,900       22,631       22,147       87,188  
Net income
    12,054       12,964       13,829       12,326       51,173  
Basic earnings per share
    0.50       0.54       0.57       0.51       2.12  
Diluted earnings per share
    0.49       0.52       0.56       0.51       2.08  


109


 

Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
(a)   Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Financial Statements.”
 
(b)   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Financial Statements.”
 
(c)   Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Directors and Officers
 
The information required by this Item with respect to executive officers, directors, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors?SU?,?EU? the Audit Committee financial experts and Section 16(a) compliance will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”)
 
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, as well as other senior officers. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at http://www.dfg.com/ethics.asp. Amendments to this Code and any grant of a waiver


110


 

from a provision of the Code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on the Company’s website.
 
Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The information required by this Item with respect to security ownership or certain beneficial owners and management will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
As of June 30, 2009:
 
The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2009, information concerning equity compensation plans under which our securities are authorized for issuance. The table does not reflect grants, awards, exercises, terminations or expirations since that date. All share amounts and exercise prices have been adjusted to reflect stock splits that occurred after the date on which any particular underlying plan was adopted, to the extent applicable.
 
                         
    Number of
          Number of Securities
 
    Securities to
    Weighted-Average
    Remaining
 
    be Issued
    Exercise Price of
    Available for
 
    Upon
    Outstanding
    Future Issuance
 
    Exercise of
    Options,
    Under Equity
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Warrants and
    Compensation
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     Rights     Plans  
 
Equity compensation Plans approved by Shareholders:
                       
Options
    1,575,184     $ 14.56       1,378,990 (a)
Restricted Shares/Restricted Stock Unit Awards
    519,384       (b)     (a)
Equity compensation Plans not approved by Shareholders
                 
Total
    2,094,568     $ 14.56       1,378,990  
 
 
(a) 895,485 of these shares may be issued as restricted shares/restricted stock unit awards under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
(b) Not applicable
 
Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.


111


 

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)   Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
 
(1) Financial Statements. All financial statements required to be filed by Item 8 of Form 10-K and included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 hereof. No additional financial statements are filed herein or are attached as exhibits hereto.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted here because they are not applicable, not required or the information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
 
(3) Exhibits.
 
         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  2 .1   Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among CCS Financial Services, Inc., Allen Eager, the Allen Eager Revocable Trust, Paul P. Hauser, Barry E. Hershman, and the Barry E. Hershman Revocable Trust and Check Mart of Florida, Inc., dated October 11, 2007(28)
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
  3 .2   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
  3 .3   Certificate of Change of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(9)
  3 .4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(2)
  3 .5   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Corp.(5)
  3 .6   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar Financial Corp.(18)
  4 .1   Indenture dated June 27, 2007, between Dollar Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.(14)
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2007 by and among Dollar Financial Corp. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Bear, Sterns & Co. Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers.(14)
  10 .1(a)   Credit Agreement among Dollar Financial Corp., Dollar Financial Group, Inc., National Money Mart Company, Dollar Financial U.K. Limited, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as documentation agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as syndication agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and as security trustee, dated as of October 30, 2006.(11)
  10 .1(b)   First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 22, 2007, among Dollar Financial Corp., certain subsidiaries of Dollar Financial Corp., parties thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo National Association and the lenders party thereto.(13)
  10 .1(c)   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 20, 2007, among Dollar Financial Corp., certain subsidiaries of Dollar Financial Corp. parties thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo National Association and the lenders party thereto.(13)
  10 .2*   Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan(8)
  10 .3*   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.(15)
  10 .4*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.(7)
  10 .5*   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.(7)
  10 .6*   Canadian Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan(27)
  10 .7*#   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Document for the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .8*   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2009(21)
  10 .9*   Dollar Financial Corp. Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Conditional Deferred Award Plan for U.K. Participants(21)
  10 .10*   Dollar Financial Corp. Supplemental Executive Deferred Award Plan for Canadian Participants.(15)


112


 

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .11*   Dollar Financial Corp. Special Retention Award Letter to Randy Underwood.(26)
  10 .12*   Dollar Financial Corp. Special Retention Award Letter to Paul Mildenstein.(26)
  10 .13*   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2007 Cash Bonus Plan(10)
  10 .14*   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2008 Executive Management Bonus Plan(10)
  10 .15*   Dollar Financial Corp. 2008 Key Management Bonus Plan(10)
  10 .16*#   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program
  10 .17*#   Dollar Financial Corp. 2009 Key Management Bonus Program
  10 .18   Dollar Financial Corp. Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, by and among Green Equity Investors II, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P. Bridge Street Fund 1998, GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership, Ares Leveraged Investment Fund L.P, a Delaware limited partnership, Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, C.L. Jeffrey, Sheila Jeffrey, certain signatories thereto and Dollar Financial Corp.(2)
  10 .19   Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P. and Jeffrey Weiss.(5)
  10 .20   Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., and Jeffrey Weiss.(6)
  10 .21*   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Jeffrey Weiss(17)
  10 .22*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Jeffrey Weiss, dated December 18, 2008(23)
  10 .23*   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2003, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Donald Gayhardt.(3)
  10 .24*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and among Donald Gayhardt, the Company and DFG, dated April 9, 2007.(12)
  10 .25*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Norman Miller, the Company and DFG, dated as of May 14, 2008(19)
  10 .26*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Randy Underwood, the Company and DFG, dated as of May 15, 2008(19)
  10 .27*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Roy Hibberd, the Company and DFG, dated as of May 14, 2008(19)
  10 .28*   Employment Agreement by and between National Money Mart and Sydney Franchuk dated March 18, 2009(24)
  10 .29*   Amended and Restated Service Agreement dated September 11, 2007, by and between Dollar Financial UK Ltd. and Paul Mildenstein.(16)
  10 .30*   Consulting Agreement, by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and Donald F. Gayhardt, dated June 1, 2008(20)
  10 .31*   Letter Agreement with Donald F. Gayhardt for the Extension of the Exercise Period for Stock Options, dated May 30, 2008(20)
  10 .32   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.(4)
  10 .33   Form of Guaranty.(9)
  10 .34*   Dollar Financial Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan(18)

113


 

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .35*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2007 Equity Incentive Plan(22)
  10 .36*   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice for 2007 Equity Incentive Plan(22)
  10 .37*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (International Grantee)(22)
  10 .38   Summary Settlement Agreement by and among Kenneth Smith, as Estate Trustee of the last Will and Testament of Margaret Smith, deceased, and Ronald Adrien Oriet, as plaintiffs and National Money Mart Company and Dollar Financial Group, Inc., as defendants, dated June 5, 2009(25)
  10 .39*#   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program
  10 .40*#   Dollar Financial Corp. Fiscal 2010 Key Management Bonus Program
  10 .41*#   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Document for the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (International Grantee)
  10 .42*#   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Document for the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
  21 .1#   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.(9)
  23 .1#   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  31 .1#   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a — 14(a) or Section 240.15d — 14(a)
  31 .2#   Certification of President Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a — 14(a) or Section 240.15d — 14(a)
  31 .3#   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a — 14(a) or Section 240.15d — 14(a)
  32 .1#   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2#   Certification of President Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .3#   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  (1)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on December 19, 1996 (File No. 333-18221)
  (2)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on December 23, 2003 (File No. 333-111473)
  (3)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 12, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (4)     Incorporated by reference to the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 3, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (5)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 7, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (6)     Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 16, 2004 (File No. 333-113570)
  (7)     Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 11, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
  (8)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on March 15, 2005 (File No. 333-123320)
  (9)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 28, 2005 (File No. 333-126951-17)
  (10)     Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on September 18, 2007 (File No. 333-18221)
  (11)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on November 2, 2006 (File No. 333-18221)

114


 

         
(a)(3) Exhibits
   
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  (12)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on April 13, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (13)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 26, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (14)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 27, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (15)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 5, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (16)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on September 11, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (17)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 9, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (18)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on November 21, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (19)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on May 15, 2008 (File No. 000-50866)
  (20)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 5, 2008 (File No. 000-50866)
  (21)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on September 29, 2008 (File No. 000-50866)
  (22)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on December 5, 2008 (File No. 000-50866)
  (23)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 22, 2008 (File No. 000-50866)
  (24)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 20, 2009 (File No. 000-50866)
  (25)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 9, 2009 (File No. 000-50866)
  (26)     Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 19, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
  (27)     Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on May 9, 2008 (File No. 000-50866
  (28)     Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on November 9, 2007 (File No. 000-50866)
 
 
* Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements
 
# Filed herewith.

115


 

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant named below has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Berwyn, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on September 3, 2009.
 
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
  By: 
/s/  RANDY UNDERWOOD
Randy Underwood
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by the following persons on September 3, 2009 in the capacities indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  JEFFREY A. WEISS

Jeffrey A. Weiss
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  RANDY UNDERWOOD

Randy Underwood
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial
and accounting officer)
  September 3, 2009
         
/s/  DAVID JESSICK

David Jessick
  Director   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  KENNETH SCHWENKE

Kenneth Schwenke
  Director   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  CLIVE KAHN

Clive Kahn
  Director   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  JOHN GAVIN

John Gavin
  Director   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  RON MCLAUGHLIN

Ron McLaughlin
  Director   September 3, 2009
         
/s/  MICHAEL KOOPER

Michael Kooper
  Director   September 3, 2009


116

EX-10.7 2 w74935exv10w7.htm EX-10.7 exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
Stock Award Agreement under the
Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
          THIS STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [______] (the “Effective Date”), between Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and the “Grantee”).
          WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of its key employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company; and
          WHEREAS, the Plan permits the award of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), subject to certain restrictions; and
          WHEREAS, to compensate the Grantee for his service to the Company and to further align the Grantee’s personal financial interests with those of the Company’s stockholders, the Company wishes to award the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock, subject to the restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
     1. Award of Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company hereby awards the Grantee [_________] shares of Common Stock (the “Awarded Shares”), subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, as though fully set forth herein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the same meaning as defined in the Plan. Unless otherwise specified, section numbers refer to the sections of this Agreement.
     2. Vesting of Awarded Shares. The Awarded Shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company until they become nonforfeitable in accordance with this Section 2.
          (a) Vesting. If both subsections (i) and (ii) below are met, the Awarded Shares will become non-forfeitable if:
               (i) the Company achieves gross income of $             or the fiscal year ending June 30, 20[ ] , as determined by the Company in its sole discretion based on its audited financial statements; and
               (ii) provided that subsection (i) has been met, on the last day of each of the first [_________] beginning [_________] (each a “Vesting Date”), [______]% of the Awarded Shares will become nonforfeitable on each Vesting Date if the Grantee remains in continuous service to the Company (whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or any other capacity in which he provides services to the Company) through the applicable Vesting Date.


 

          (b) All Unvested Shares Forfeited Upon Cessation of Service. Upon cessation of Grantee’s service with the Company for any reason or for no reason (and whether such cessation is initiated by the Company, the Grantee or otherwise): (i) any Awarded Shares that have not, on or prior to the effective date of such cessation, become nonforfeitable will immediately and automatically, without any action on the part of the Company, be forfeited, and (ii) the Grantee will have no further rights with respect to those shares.
          (c) Service with Subsidiaries. Solely for purposes of this Agreement, service with the Company will be deemed to include service with any Subsidiary of the Company (for only so long as such entity remains a Subsidiary).
     3. Escrow of Shares.
          (a) Certificates evidencing the Awarded Shares issued under this Agreement will be held in escrow by the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee (the “Escrow Holder”) until such Awarded Shares cease to be subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 2, at which time, the Escrow Holder will deliver such certificates representing the nonforfeitable Awarded Shares to the Grantee; provided, however, that no certificates for Awarded Shares will be delivered to the Grantee until appropriate arrangements have been made with the Company for the withholding or payment of any taxes that may be due with respect to such Awarded Shares; and provided, further, that the Company may condition delivery of certificates for Awarded Shares upon the prior receipt from Grantee of any undertakings which it may determine are required to assure that the certificates are being issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws.
          (b) If any of the Awarded Shares are forfeited by the Grantee under Section 2, upon request by the Company, the Escrow Holder will deliver the stock certificate(s) evidencing those Awarded Shares to the Company, which will then have the right to retain and transfer those Awarded Shares to its own name free and clear of any rights of the Grantee under this Agreement or otherwise.
     4. Stock Splits, etc. If, while any of the Awarded Shares remain subject to forfeiture, there occurs any merger, consolidation, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, or other similar change in the Common Stock, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other consideration to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of the Grantee’s ownership of the Awarded Shares will be immediately subject to the escrow contemplated by Section 3, deposited with the Escrow Holder and will thereafter be included in the term “Awarded Shares” for all purposes of the Plan and this Agreement.
     5. Rights of Grantee. The Grantee shall have the right to vote the Awarded Shares and to receive cash dividends or distributions with respect to the Awarded Shares; provided however, that any cash dividends or distributions paid on the Awarded Shares while those shares remain forfeitable will be paid in cash when, and if, the Awarded Shares giving rise to such dividends or distributions become nonforfeitable, and such dividends or distributions will be deposited with the Escrow Holder.
     6. Tax Consequences. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company has not advised the Grantee regarding the Grantee’s income tax liability in connection with the vesting of the

-2-


 

Awarded Shares. The Grantee has reviewed with the Grantee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Grantee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Grantee understands that the Grantee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Grantee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     7. Share Legends. The following legend will be placed on the certificates evidencing all the Awarded Shares (in addition to any other legends that may be required to be placed on such certificates pursuant to the Plan, applicable law or otherwise):
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN                               AND DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP., WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS. COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     8. Representations and Warranties. By executing this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges and/or agrees that:
          (a) This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Grantee regarding the grant of the Awarded Shares.
          (b) The Company may modify this Agreement to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. This Agreement may also be amended by the Company with the consent of the Grantee. Any such amendment shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Grantee.
          (c) The Company may from time to time impose any conditions on the Awarded Shares as it deems necessary or advisable to ensure that the Plan and this award satisfy the conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that Awarded Shares are issued and resold in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (d) The Grantee agrees upon request execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
          (e) The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of the Plan as it presently exists, and as it may hereafter be amended, are deemed incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall be deemed to supersede the provisions of this Agreement.

-3-


 

          (f) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.
          (g) The grant of Awarded Shares hereunder will not confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (h) This Agreement shall be governed by, and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.
          (i) This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Stock Award Agreement on the ______ day of _________, [20___].
         
  DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
 
  By:   _____________________________    
       
    Title:   ________________________   
 
         
  GRANTEE
 
 
  ________________________________    
       

-4-

EX-10.16 3 w74935exv10w16.htm EX-10.16 exv10w16
Exhibit 10.16
Fiscal Year 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2009 (the “2009 Executive Management Bonus Program”) pursuant to which certain members of our executive management team with global strategic management responsibilities will participate, including Jeffrey Weiss and Randy Underwood, who are each named executive officers of the Company, and Norman Miller, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. The 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which percentage is subject to increase based upon the Company’s achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals.
     The target bonus award for each of Mssrs. Miller and Underwood under the 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program is 80% and the maximum bonus opportunity is 160%. The target bonus award and the maximum bonus opportunity for Mr. Weiss under the 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program is 100% and 150%, respectively, each as determined pursuant to the bonus provision contained in his employment agreement, which has been previously filed by the Company as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2007.
     The Compensation Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program at any time. The bonuses under the 2009 Executive Management Bonus Program will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal year 2009 or pursuant to certain contract provisions. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

EX-10.17 4 w74935exv10w17.htm EXHIBIT 10.17 exv10w17
Exhibit 10.17
Fiscal Year 2009 Key Management Bonus Program
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2009 (the “2009 Key Management Bonus Program”) pursuant to which certain key management personnel of the Company will participate, including Sydney Franchuk, who is a named executive officer of the Company. The 2009 Key Management Bonus Program sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which percentage is subject to increase based upon the achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals of the overall company and of the performance of the business unit in which each participant operates. The target bonus award and maximum bonus award for Mr. Franchuk pursuant to the 2009 Key Management Bonus Program is 60% and 120%, respectively.
     The Compensation Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2009 Key Management Bonus Program based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2009 Key Management Bonus Program at any time. The bonuses under the 2009 Key Management Bonus Program will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s audited annual financial results for fiscal year 2009. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

EX-10.39 5 w74935exv10w39.htm EXHIBIT 10.39 exv10w39
Exhibit 10.39
Fiscal Year 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2010 (the “2010 Executive Management Bonus Program”) pursuant to which certain members of our executive management team with global strategic management responsibilities will participate, including Jeffrey Weiss, Randy Underwood and Norman Miller, who are each named executive officers of the Company. The 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which percentage is measured based upon the Company’s achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals, and/or achievement of Strategic Objectives established by the Board.
The target bonus award for each of Mssrs. Underwood and Miller under the 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program is 80% and the maximum bonus opportunity is 160%. The target bonus award and the maximum bonus opportunity for Mr. Weiss under the 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program are 100% and 150%, respectively, each as determined pursuant to the bonus provision contained in his employment agreement, which has been previously filed by the Company as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2007.
The Compensation Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program at any time. The bonuses under the 2010 Executive Management Bonus Program will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s annual financial results for fiscal year 2010 or pursuant to certain contract provisions. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

EX-10.40 6 w74935exv10w40.htm EXHIBIT 10.40 exv10w40
Exhibit 10.40
Fiscal Year 2010 Key Management Bonus Program
The Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2010 (the “2010 Key Management Bonus Program”) pursuant to which certain key management personnel of the Company will participate, including Sydney Franchuk and Roy Hibberd, who are each named executive officers of the Company. The 2010 Key Management Bonus Program sets forth target bonus amounts as a percentage of base compensation, which are measured based upon the achievement of certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) goals of the overall company and of the performance of the business unit in which each participant operates, and/or achievement of Strategic Objectives established by the Board. As for Mr. Franchuk, his percentage is measured based upon the performance of National Money Mart Company, which is the business unit in which he operates. As for Mr. Hibberd, his percentage is measured based upon the performance of the overall Company.
The target bonus award and maximum bonus award for Mr. Franchuk pursuant to the 2010 Key Management Bonus Program are 60% and 120%, respectively. The target bonus award and maximum bonus award for Mr. Hibberd pursuant to the 2010 Key Management Bonus Program are 45% and 90%, respectively.
The Compensation Committee and/or the Board will determine the EBITDA operating targets and methodology on which the bonuses are paid pursuant to the 2010 Key Management Bonus Program based upon methods used historically by the Company. The Compensation Committee and/or the Board retain the right to amend, alter or terminate the 2010 Key Management Bonus Program at any time. The bonuses under the 2010 Key Management Bonus Program will be calculated and paid after finalizing the Company’s audited annual financial results for fiscal year 2010. Each employee must be employed in good standing on date of payment in order to receive payment under the arrangement.

EX-10.41 7 w74935exv10w41.htm EXHIBIT 10.41 exv10w41
Exhibit 10.41
International
Stock Award Agreement under the
Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
          THIS STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                      (the “Effective Date”), between Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and                      (the “Grantee”).
          WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of its key employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company; and
          WHEREAS, the Plan permits the award of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), subject to certain restrictions; and
          WHEREAS, to compensate the Grantee for his service to the Company and to further align the Grantee’s personal financial interests with those of the Company’s stockholders, the Company wishes to award the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock, subject to the restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
     1. Award of Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company hereby awards the Grantee                      shares of Common Stock (the “Awarded Shares”), subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, as though fully set forth herein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the same meaning as defined in the Plan. Unless otherwise specified, section numbers refer to the sections of this Agreement.
     2. Vesting of Awarded Shares. The Awarded Shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company until they become nonforfeitable in accordance with this Section 2.
          (a) Vesting. If both subsections (i) and (ii) below are met, the Awarded Shares will become non-forfeitable if:
               (i) the Company achieves gross income of $[ ] for the fiscal year ending June 30, 20[ ], as determined by the Company in its sole discretion based on its audited financial statements; and
               (ii) provided that subsection (i) has been met, on the last day of each of the first [         ] beginning [         ] (each a “Vesting Date”), [         ]% of the Awarded Shares will become nonforfeitable on each Vesting Date if the Grantee remains in continuous

 


 

service to the Company (whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or any other capacity in which he provides services to the Company) through the applicable Vesting Date.
          (b) All Unvested Shares Forfeited Upon Cessation of Service. Upon cessation of Grantee’s service with the Company for any reason or for no reason (and whether such cessation is initiated by the Company, the Grantee or otherwise): (i) any Awarded Shares that have not, on or prior to the effective date of such cessation, become nonforfeitable will immediately and automatically, without any action on the part of the Company, be forfeited, and (ii) the Grantee will have no further rights with respect to those shares.
          (c) Service with Subsidiaries. Solely for purposes of this Agreement, service with the Company will be deemed to include service with any Subsidiary of the Company (for only so long as such entity remains a Subsidiary).
          (d) Termination of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, Grantee’s period of service shall not include any period of notice of termination of employment, whether express or implied. Grantee’s date of termination shall mean the date upon which he or she ceases active performance of service following the provision of notification of termination or resignation from service and shall be determined solely by this Agreement and without reference to any other agreement, written or oral, including Grantee’s contract of employment.
     3. Escrow of Shares.
          (a) Certificates evidencing the Awarded Shares issued under this Agreement will be held in escrow by the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee (the “Escrow Holder”) until such Awarded Shares cease to be subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 2, at which time, the Escrow Holder will deliver such certificates representing the nonforfeitable Awarded Shares to the Grantee; provided, however, that no certificates for Awarded Shares will be delivered to the Grantee until appropriate arrangements have been made with the Company for the withholding or payment of any taxes or other amounts that may be due with respect to such Awarded Shares; and provided, further, that the Company may condition delivery of certificates for Awarded Shares upon the prior receipt from Grantee of any undertakings which it may determine are required to assure that the certificates are being issued in compliance with federal, state and foreign securities laws.
          (b) If any of the Awarded Shares are forfeited by the Grantee under Section 2, upon request by the Company, the Escrow Holder will deliver the stock certificate(s) evidencing those Awarded Shares to the Company, which will then have the right to retain and transfer those Awarded Shares to its own name free and clear of any rights of the Grantee under this Agreement or otherwise.
     4. Stock Splits, etc. If, while any of the Awarded Shares remain subject to forfeiture, there occurs any merger, consolidation, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, or other similar change in the Common Stock, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other consideration to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of the Grantee’s ownership of the Awarded Shares will be immediately subject to the escrow contemplated by Section 3, deposited with the Escrow Holder and will

-2-


 

thereafter be included in the term “Awarded Shares” for all purposes of the Plan and this Agreement.
     5. Rights of Grantee. The Grantee shall have the right to vote the Awarded Shares and to receive cash dividends or distributions with respect to the Awarded Shares; provided however, that any cash dividends or distributions paid on the Awarded Shares while those shares remain forfeitable will be paid in cash when, and if, the Awarded Shares giving rise to such dividends or distributions become nonforfeitable, and such dividends or distributions will be deposited with the Escrow Holder.
     6. Tax Consequences. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company has not advised the Grantee regarding the Grantee’s income tax liability in connection with the receipt or vesting of the Awarded Shares. The Grantee has reviewed with the Grantee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Grantee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Grantee understands that the Grantee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Grantee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     7. Share Legends. The following legend will be placed on the certificates evidencing all the Awarded Shares (in addition to any other legends that may be required to be placed on such certificates pursuant to the Plan, applicable law or otherwise):
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN            AND DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP., WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS. COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     8. Representations and Warranties. By executing this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges and/or agrees that:
          (a) This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Grantee regarding the grant of the Awarded Shares.
          (b) The Company may modify this Agreement to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. This Agreement may also be amended by the Company with the consent of the Grantee. Any such amendment shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Grantee.

-3-


 

          (c) The Company may from time to time impose any conditions on the Awarded Shares as it deems necessary or advisable to ensure that the Plan and this award satisfy the conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that Awarded Shares are issued and resold in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (d) The Grantee agrees upon request execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
          (e) The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of the Plan as it presently exists, and as it may hereafter be amended, are deemed incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall be deemed to supersede the provisions of this Agreement.
          (f) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.
          (g) The grant of Awarded Shares hereunder will not confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (h) This Agreement shall be governed by, and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.
          (i) This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
     9. Authorization to Release Necessary Personal Information. The Grantee hereby authorizes and directs his or her employer to collect, use and transfer in electronic or other form, any personal information (the “Data”) regarding the Grantee’s employment, the nature and amount of his or her compensation and the fact and conditions of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number (or any other social or national identification number), salary, nationality, race, job title, number of shares of Common Stock held and the details of all awards, options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that the Data may be transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including any requisite transfer to a broker or other third party assisting with the awards under the Plan or with whom the Awarded Shares or cash from the sale of such shares may be deposited. The Grantee acknowledges that recipients of the Data may be located in different countries, and those countries may have data privacy laws and

-4-


 

protections different from those in the country of the Grantee’s residence. The Grantee authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. Furthermore, the Grantee acknowledges and understands that the transfer of the Data to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to any third parties is necessary for the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee may at any time withdraw the consents herein with respect to the Data, by contacting his or her human resources representative in writing. The Grantee further acknowledges that withdrawal of consent may affect his or her ability to vest in or realize benefits from the Awarded Shares, and his or her ability to participate in the Plan.
     10. No Entitlement or Claims for Compensation. The grant of awards under the Plan is made at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Plan may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time. The grant of an award in one year or at one time or repeatedly in the past does not in any way entitle the Grantee to the grant of an award (or benefits in lieu of awards) in the future. The Plan is wholly discretionary in nature and is not to be considered part of the Grantee’s normal or expected compensation subject to severance, resignation, termination, payment in lieu of notice, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar compensation. The value of the Awarded Shares is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Grantee’s employment contract (if any). The Grantee will have no rights to compensation or damages as a result of the his or her termination of employment for any reason whatsoever, whether or not in breach of contract, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the Grantee ceasing to have rights under this award as a result of such cessation or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights. If the Grantee did acquire any such rights, the Grantee is deemed to have waived them irrevocably by accepting the Awarded Shares.
     11. Electronic Delivery. The Company may deliver any documents related to the Awarded Shares, the Plan or future awards that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means. Such means of electronic delivery include, but do not necessarily include, the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the documents via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. The Grantee hereby acknowledges that the Grantee has read this provision and consents to the electronic delivery of the documents. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Grantee by contacting the Company. The Grantee further acknowledges that he or she will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Grantee understands that the Grantee must provide the Company with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails.

-5-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Stock Award Agreement on the            day of                     , 20[   ].
             
    DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
           
    GRANTEE    
 
           
         

-6-

EX-10.42 8 w74935exv10w42.htm EX-10.42 exv10w42
Exhibit 10.42
Stock Award Agreement under the
Dollar Financial Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
          THIS STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of (the “Effective Date”), between Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and (the “Grantee”).
          WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Dollar Financial Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of its key employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company; and
          WHEREAS, the Plan permits the award of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), subject to certain restrictions; and
          WHEREAS, to compensate the Grantee for his service to the Company and to further align the Grantee’s personal financial interests with those of the Company’s stockholders, the Company wishes to award the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock, subject to the restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
     1. Award of Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company hereby awards the Grantee shares of Common Stock (the “Awarded Shares”), subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. The terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, as though fully set forth herein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the same meaning as defined in the Plan. Unless otherwise specified, section numbers refer to the sections of this Agreement.
     2. Vesting of Awarded Shares. The Awarded Shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company until they become nonforfeitable in accordance with this Section 2.
          (a) Vesting. If (i) below is met, the Awarded Shares will become non-forfeitable if: Provided that subsection (i) has been met, awards will vest [   ] (each a “Vesting Date”), [___] of the Awarded Shares will become nonforfeitable on each Vesting Date if the Grantee remains in continuous service to the Company (whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or any other capacity in which he provides services to the Company) through the applicable Vesting Date.
          (b) All Unvested Shares Forfeited Upon Cessation of Service. Upon cessation of Grantee’s service with the Company for any reason or for no reason (and whether such cessation is initiated by the Company, the Grantee or otherwise): (i) any Awarded Shares that have not, on or prior to the effective date of such cessation, become nonforfeitable will immediately and automatically, without any action on the part of the Company, be forfeited, and (ii) the Grantee will have no further rights with respect to those shares.

 


 

          (c) Service with Subsidiaries. Solely for purposes of this Agreement, service with the Company will be deemed to include service with any Subsidiary of the Company (for only so long as such entity remains a Subsidiary).
     3. Escrow of Shares.
          (a) Certificates evidencing the Awarded Shares issued under this Agreement will be held in escrow by the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee (the “Escrow Holder”) until such Awarded Shares cease to be subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 2, at which time, the Escrow Holder will deliver such certificates representing the nonforfeitable Awarded Shares to the Grantee; provided, however, that no certificates for Awarded Shares will be delivered to the Grantee until appropriate arrangements have been made with the Company for the withholding or payment of any taxes that may be due with respect to such Awarded Shares; and provided, further, that the Company may condition delivery of certificates for Awarded Shares upon the prior receipt from Grantee of any undertakings which it may determine are required to assure that the certificates are being issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws.
          (b) If any of the Awarded Shares are forfeited by the Grantee under Section 2, upon request by the Company, the Escrow Holder will deliver the stock certificate(s) evidencing those Awarded Shares to the Company, which will then have the right to retain and transfer those Awarded Shares to its own name free and clear of any rights of the Grantee under this Agreement or otherwise.
     4. Stock Splits, etc. If, while any of the Awarded Shares remain subject to forfeiture, there occurs any merger, consolidation, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, or other similar change in the Common Stock, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other consideration to which the Grantee is entitled by reason of the Grantee’s ownership of the Awarded Shares will be immediately subject to the escrow contemplated by Section 3, deposited with the Escrow Holder and will thereafter be included in the term “Awarded Shares” for all purposes of the Plan and this Agreement.
     5. Rights of Grantee. The Grantee shall have the right to vote the Awarded Shares and to receive cash dividends or distributions with respect to the Awarded Shares; provided however, that any cash dividends or distributions paid on the Awarded Shares while those shares remain forfeitable will be paid in cash when, and if, the Awarded Shares giving rise to such dividends or distributions become nonforfeitable, and such dividends or distributions will be deposited with the Escrow Holder.
     6. Tax Consequences. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company has not advised the Grantee regarding the Grantee’s income tax liability in connection with the vesting of the Awarded Shares. The Grantee has reviewed with the Grantee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Grantee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Grantee understands that the Grantee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Grantee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

-2-


 

     7. Share Legends. The following legend will be placed on the certificates evidencing all the Awarded Shares (in addition to any other legends that may be required to be placed on such certificates pursuant to the Plan, applicable law or otherwise):
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. 2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN [               ] AND DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP., WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS, TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS. COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     8. Representations and Warranties. By executing this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges and/or agrees that:
          (a) This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Grantee regarding the grant of the Awarded Shares.
          (b) The Company may modify this Agreement to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. This Agreement may also be amended by the Company with the consent of the Grantee. Any such amendment shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Grantee.
          (c) The Company may from time to time impose any conditions on the Awarded Shares as it deems necessary or advisable to ensure that the Plan and this award satisfy the conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that Awarded Shares are issued and resold in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (d) The Grantee agrees upon request execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
          (e) The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of the Plan as it presently exists, and as it may hereafter be amended, are deemed incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall be deemed to supersede the provisions of this Agreement.
          (f) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

-3-


 

          (g) The grant of Awarded Shares hereunder will not confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (h) This Agreement shall be governed by, and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts or choice of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.
          (i) This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Stock Award Agreement on the [   ], day of [   ] 20[   ].
         
  DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
 
  By:      
       
    Title:  
 
GRANTEE
 
   
     

-4-

EX-21.1 9 w74935exv21w1.htm EX-21.1 exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
             
    Jurisdiction of   Direct Parent    
Subsidiary   Incorporation   Company   D/B/A
 
           
110591 Alberta Ltd.
  Alberta, Canada   656790 BC Ltd.   N/A
656790 BC Ltd.
  British Columbia,
Canada
  DFG Canada, Inc,   N/A
Advance Canada, Inc.
  Alberta   DFG International, Inc.   N/A
Advance Canada Properties, Inc.
  Alberta, Canada   656790 BC Ltd.   N/A
A.E. Osborne & Sons Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash A Cheque Holdings
Great Britain Limited
  The Money Shop
Any Kind Check Cashing Centers, Inc.
  Arizona   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A
Cash A Cheque (GB) Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash A Cheque Holdings
Great Britain Limited
  The Money Shop
Cash A Cheque Great Britain
Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash A Cheque Holdings
Great Britain Limited
  The Money Shop
Cash A Cheque Holdings Great
Britain Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres Retail Ltd.   N/A
Cash A Cheque (South) Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash A Cheque
Holdings Great Britain Ltd
  The Money Shop
Cash Centres Corporation Limited
  United Kingdom   Instant Cash Loans Ltd.   N/A
Cash Centres International Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres Corporation
Limited
  N/A
Cash Centres Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres Corporation
Limited
  The Money Shop
Cash Centres
Cash Centres Retail Limited
  United Kingdom   London Cash Exchange Ltd.   The Money Shop
Cash Centres Scotland Limited
  United Kingdom   County Registers Ltd.    
Cash Unlimited of Arizona, Inc.
  Arizona   Moneymart, Inc.   Loan Mart Money Mart
C.C. Financial Services Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash A Cheque Holdings
Great Britain Limited
  The Money Shop
Check Mart of Florida, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Corner
Money Mart
The Check Cashing Store
The CCS Payment Store
Check Mart of Louisiana, Inc.
  Louisiana   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Loan Mart
American Check Cashers
Check Mart of New Mexico, Inc.
  New Mexico   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Check Mart of Pennsylvania, Inc.
  Pennsylvania   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Any-Kind
Check Mart of Texas, Inc.
  Texas   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Loan Mart
Money Mart Payday Loans
Checks Cashed
Loan Mart Payday Loans
Check Mart of Wisconsin, Inc.
  Wisconsin   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart/Payday
Loans/Checks Cashed
Money Mart
Cheque Changers Ltd.
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres Retail Ltd.   Money Shop

 


 

             
    Jurisdiction of   Direct Parent    
Subsidiary   Incorporation   Company   D/B/A
 
           
County Registers Limited
  United Kingdom   Robert Biggar (ESTD. 1830) Limited f/k/a Lombard Guildhouse Ltd.    
Dollar Financial Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia   Dollar Financial UK Limited   N/A
Dollar Financial Group, Inc.
  New York   Dollar Financial Corp.   N/A
DFG Canada, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A
DFG International, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A
DFG World, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A
Dollar Financial Insurance Corp.
  Pennsylvania   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Inactive
Dollar Financial UK Limited
  United Kingdom   DFG World, Inc.   N/A
Express Finance (Bromley) Ltd
  United Kingdom   Instant Cash Loans Ltd.   Payday Express
Fastcash Limited
  United Kingdom   Instant Cash Loans Ltd.   The Money Shop
Financial Exchange Company of Ohio, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Financial Exchange Company of Pennsylvania, Inc.
  Pennsylvania   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Financial Exchange Company of Pittsburgh, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Financial Exchange Company of Virginia, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Money Mart/Checks
Cashed
Almost A Banc
Instant Cash Loans Ireland Ltd
  United Kingdom   DFG World, Inc.   The Money Shop
Instant Cash Loans Limited
  United Kingdom   Dollar Financial UK
Limited
  The Money Shop Advance Britain.com Castlebridge Credit Management
Robert Biggar (Est 1830) Ltd.
International Paper Converters Ltd.
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres Retail Ltd.   The Money Shop
Loan Mart of Oklahoma, Inc.
  Oklahoma   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Loan Mart/Payday Loans
American Payday Loans
London Cash Exchange Limited
  United Kingdom   Fastcash Ltd   The Money Shop
MoneyMart, Inc., f/k/a L.M.S. Development Corp.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Loan Mart
Money Mart
Monetary Management Corporation of Pennsylvania, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Monetary Management of California, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart/Loan Mart
Loan Mart
Payday Loans
Money Mart
LoanMartUSA.com
Monetary Management of Maryland, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Cash Advance
USA-Arizona
American Payday Loans
American Check Casher
Check Casher
Money Mart
Cash Advance
Monetary Management of New York, Inc.
  New York   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Inactive
Money Card Corp.
  Alberta   656790 BC Ltd   N/A
Money Mart Canada, Inc.
  Alberta   656790 BC Ltd   N/A
Money Mart CSO, Inc.
  Texas   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   LoanMartUSA.com
Money Mart Express, Inc., f/k/a
  Utah   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Loan Mart
LoanMartUSA.com
Moneymart, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Loan Mart
LoanMartUSA.com
Moneymart.com, Inc.
           
National Money Mart Company
  Nova Scotia, Canada   DFG International, Inc.   Money Mart

 


 

             
    Jurisdiction of   Direct Parent    
Subsidiary   Incorporation   Company   D/B/A
 
           
Optima S.A. (76% ownership)
  Poland   DFG World, Inc.    
Pacific Ring Enterprises, Inc.
  California   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   Money Mart
Money Mart/Payday
Loans/Checks Cashed
Payday Express Limited f/k/a
Cash Your Cheque Limited
  United Kingdom   Instant Cash Loans Ltd.   The Money Shop
Cash Your Cheque
PD Recovery, Inc.
  Pennsylvania   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A
Robert Biggar (ESTD. 1830 Limited
f/k/a Lombard Guildhouse Limited
  United Kingdom   Cash Centres International Ltd   N/A
We The People, LLC
  Delaware   We The People USA, Inc.   N/A
We The People USA, Inc.
  Delaware   Dollar Financial Group, Inc.   N/A

 

EX-23.1 10 w74935exv23w1.htm EX-23.1 exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Dollar Financial Corp. of our reports dated September 3, 2009, with respect to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Dollar Financial Corp., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Dollar Financial Corp., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended June 30, 2009.
 
(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-147495) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan;
 
(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-134262) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-123320) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan;
 
(4) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-139580 and 333-146205) of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 3, 2009

EX-31.1 11 w74935exv31w1.htm EX-31.1 exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Jeffrey A. Weiss, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Jeffrey A. Weiss
Jeffrey A. Weiss
Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: September 3, 2009

EX-31.2 12 w74935exv31w2.htm EX-31.2 exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Randy Underwood, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Randy Underwood
Randy Underwood
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: September 3, 2009

EX-31.3 13 w74935exv31w3.htm EX-31.3 exv31w3
Exhibit 31.3
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, William Athas, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  William M. Athas
William M. Athas
Senior Vice President, Finance and
Corporate Controller
 
Date: September 3, 2009

EX-32.1 14 w74935exv32w1.htm EX-32.1 exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Jeffrey A. Weiss
Jeffrey A. Weiss
Chief Executive Officer
 
September 3, 2009

EX-32.2 15 w74935exv32w2.htm EX-32.2 exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  Randy Underwood
Randy Underwood
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
September 3, 2009

EX-32.3 16 w74935exv32w3.htm EX-32.3 exv32w3
Exhibit 32.3
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a — 14(b) or Rule 15d — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
/s/  William M. Athas
William M. Athas
Senior Vice President, Finance and
Corporate Controller
 
September 3, 2009

GRAPHIC 17 w74935w7493501.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 w74935w7493501.gif M1TE&.#EA4`(;`=4@`,#`P$!`0("`@/____#P\*"@H.#@X-#0T!`0$+"PL&!@ M8)"0D%!04#`P,"`@('!P<']_?S\_/[^_OP\/#R\O+^_O[T]/3Q\?'Y^?GU]? M7\_/SZ^OK]_?WX^/CV]O;P```/___P`````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````"'Y!`$``"``+`````!0`AL!``;_ M0)!P2"P:C\BD$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?\+@! M4`08B/.X?L_O^_^`@8)I`@$.#00@!`H$!05"CHN)@Y25EI>8F9J;10=T(`$+ M(`()0@$$!`%""0*+CY.7FY^CIZNOL[>[O\/'R\_3PHFD&#]/0 MN4/41@X^"!Q(L*#!@P@3*ES(L*'#AQ`C2IQ(L:+%BQ@S:MS(L:/'CQW3$+@' M`@&N!0NDE43RX=.RES!CRIR)1!4:::@8W`*A\P`#_R$^6;JD2;2HT:.9;)I1 M\""7/@"M"/SDF4C`4"(MD6K=RK7K&J5D#D2SNBK!@DDC?R7)ZK6MV[=PHX"U MQ#:NW;M2"@38RW?O([ROYE:J"[BPX2(",DA8S#B#RL.8!%,B#+GR70$0!FC> M#.&Q94J2!U'^3-HKYLV9:=ON M[2"HARO78_P/\NG8+1E8$$!@J%NSHZO._E73=?+H^21X M$!"!KTE"!"`$>'[8HHQ(' M<"<0`PM<6`4!"-`WHQ8OZA'CCT2NY]Q[70BP(I%?!!G'D$QNN!T#`@4XH!<\ M^A@E%4["`>66I8TUUE]U1#BA`@6P&(:2:H)919=O?.FF91]`8.>=&2@UXG\- MG"A2CW-B`:<;<@9ZV`>T#2!!`&))^`&..M[D@*%6#-I&H90"ABAM$@AD8BEP M&/`!F9E"82D;F)8*US6;HB9!`U?&H<"DJIIJ'HJU9B+?0;A:X0D`*0G`P%[_ M$93HHGZ(2FJN2IRZ1JK,OA'>9A'TF@0!UQ20BP)[!420`WLID$L!UR32ZF;( M^C'_:[1,.*L&M.RR,:UFU1J!C5-[.4K07@SDLL`UL;)TK+M>*!MO$@2C`>_! MA$!'K0+#=E=0`WLU9=4U67P0P<8<4Y!P%PH0P[`1'YNQ\,AFS#M`!`V(*P"Y M`+3I134S1-TFH9]ARX%X,3#@6/4\7F=]VW.DZ=`W%_EOC( MBW?1N.5,R%=S:9,SW#D7GX.>A.'*F>Q&&9+Y: MEJ;#OOL9#R`P^FULWB[\\&0D,"IYP,>+NQ:Z[VZ`>^DE#_CRS(?1`"+I\7AX MKM-GS'?W5A1_?'+L2<\]^EPXORQY!D=;/A;56WX]W?JM:__[\,,"`;[GN^G4 MCWP`#*`52+2^[/@/@9G(7]X*!"H''5!5TRL`__02@*F(A15K.9\"F7``!.@C M1-QB%NX,D`"PG,@.IH#$_*8APA%>ZWLR0AL$SP``I6BP@@#P8&@D.#42_:U! M6\-@&GHX!+T`J"HJ^4<10$+%*EKQBEC,HA:WR,4N>O&+(%GB7(;QDW[LXP@? M^%<]ULC&-KKQC=D0FP+@2,"D94HXBB4&PH(APRJ6D- M9-+TF&@$DP!`0P888@T).03_'#%$[@BSC!3=#W1*8N=3E M$$A)J5^Z*9A6&":S:%DJ!]1R1M"L@C1KQ[^G1P"^Z,4G<: M\`F)_9-%XB2GH7I7'[%]H()7X-$,?T11$#1-((PP@`-(%=&!QHZ=RKAF&4H( M@0R8\PK_#]Q2`,@D,=MIBP@E5281[)D,^6P4#0V@P``J<('(7>&"BOS$1S^@ M$A`23:`Z%4)!D]$T"B#@DF60CP8TTRF,+I!6,OT)+P5B3@4<+J=1):`R>!D! MHA;M5]<(5BXBMI`3(AU(`")%9/09D0RI(`@#"LA"80$8QUXY`(D>56(0M"QG)XS/ MA.X!PZ>ZV(84+$,#I@N!"'C'"&5V+(?_!9C^G"E6S@3108<`@%U(-0`M)I23 M1U;".(NA0!,0*@__O*X1C8I(AD;[4I`]FY*4(9*L#V,#$ MT'P;"/VGP8EVD$,3DFI4K3I>7RY#=QQV8.^TEA08&X-8/^O7T$`:[\+V[FJ](R;(Y`)P!HULBXQM@`@[GP5Q-S'!A@3Q&9: MS73@>2^Y7I7D:00JQ9LX,U5"`4![Y^[Q,L1Z')L0O@61EQSX?!O M52P7$D>`PP:0`;`N0TG`^(\OB."\`P-<:TNH"1!VAC`;6#?`B]5>WAM\OTO)V+JT$B.`(>RX`V5T(![,X`!>#='97*@@`8 M-P7@*SL!HQ+>H]`OR$PA37Q)9\?L<1I8$Z94I6%%F>.O`,`#`D`6$(AMRS!Y MH-@L<*?^^]GY^09Y$W)=(#!RY:=JV=$GZ<G*'^D2E5B%4YD0K:W'`_P*'>G"9EU M!`?@``#%&ZKP2-%&!YP44,77&TW3`;TW@[FC?JO`'F>2)B,6;0"H#`F``/VF M#'NU2XYU@7(S!)[E``1H@'9F?LG!5D,U`=)F!C=S+%)&)0`B(+:P9E.G%6%F M?9Q0@T@0@X-G&8+!@Q7"4`?H:\I16(<5:Q>E!IOEYM1;%\T`59#>RB;C>3,!+/,W$,?E;>`&1_\)$!`+$(.>N!EXI8+N\81<00`Q M.&;&<&)-,$`(@(QV(1G8D@@&`%&:"!AE%EYD17^A1UZS)8U7H(IFAP"[Z&W3 M5R&5$8536`RMN`2+@%YX6`W=86XD!X9V@2T+P"U:UF'PX3P*D5==$(7@0R7M MYG+O-CZ&$8?%X(Q.($=&J!6M`0#_08L[,VD!((YD8`#>UURL8`B>0G\)<#QP MY0W-%@7RH2&7"'T>T'\MQ50*>1B.>)*#\(Y,0)&/F(549I$WB0=J,02_<$F% M`A7"0G;,Y@;=$9-*H(_\Z!W^.`@K-C\?4'&<<7F?H8I8>`E-0Y/D"!G&P8=? M.`7YH!0&$`P0(@3_9=<+1U0H`A`!+@D!%V"+3;!_5^6*V@*28R.2J/@&JH@B M-VAPFZ$!$R"'=Z&,,C@+IN8$42DW2S-'?2@%G.28H&``D20$CQ1*4J`T"H8` MN^Y8!+UF&I<&.+U,(Q<*%I$"3?Y"2:A))3"4$W-%! M65D9*T:8@9"83Z`BE(@7CM4OZR4`),*32L!)_S`6_L`2%+.!\)E:Q)EV\5F? M]GF?^I9WG&$0^-F?_OF?`,H7CK*!)1*@!GJ@")J@"HJ?(;F@#IJ@#(:@_\[Q MH!1:H10J?+SRF%&@GOP@2&CD,N49HI,UGP$BHB9ZHB'*%P&Q<].'HB[ZHC`: MHR9*)3TB)C$8;3*:HSJZHSS:HSXJ(27JHT+:HPY@33T*I$.:I$JZI`*8H;D) MF;N)"XZ@$L`)`G(B'_-9ET#5;:BAG,V(`#EIF3AHG']XF)L@?RVA#5(`?=PY M$XYE,>M5/.BY.DHAF5M6F>"'F4]P,W9%&W[F`&2J-Q_`?V\Y?7LI"!")&&;: M(A39CA'D& MR0#%,U*0$8^/89B,H"J-ZK#"-+%80)`1VP:`.`";QJI-\)4>>S>IRHXC!I9X M,:T8=8/1R"RSZAK<.JY&(+3^Z@9#N!D79U+XEP22N73X&`;4F2.-M[0P@9-7 M(A]1&RW9JAMO"0$3XJC_.W*%F""&J)%V$6F;4INS@L.R7AN"T`H7DPH?_J2O MI4*OT1FBU-FNS`!OE%`C$@*.O&BSS5*C(4JMZ)IX9R"TI5```2$`,5L+;$H$ M*G*M*`.QF:`B@(H%=_L'#G@("T%/U.:D5(N`9[!B)Z0D0I:,%5A!K`LV*[MD ME3MC5+*P5/"*6LL%C>`?:W@+WK)YM.$I4W"Z!@&WC,.RF`NFMW")8Y.=R,"[ MC+9\S(L@L[H`WN(`>@L'O[B*^!J[;D"XM,5EQ(L:W>H$C1>?F1B$9C"M]U"6 M'T!^1!&ZBL"YCE,[_P$!BT&VB`L'AOFU4^"J:C"Z0X-I*@X(+%!4HO0Q3(%0Y`+37NV4``#C8O4N0J&/`B<`K90D6``FL M&0O<+E@5K(T[L$QKO8PF(2F+>1F,"_-;P;4B`%RZ&12`M&K@M5H+LV#0*`,( M?S76`"U\KQL+`F6YO><*A%4K.U3R&))[L!,HA<`JK\,3`!CKIT2L!A18G570 ME5M`<)\2!?GP'T_\PDN@"@5R$/,S@FD0ME+ENAI\"9,X"00)PLP"Q(DR??1W MO59@K2:UF%:`PE6R`'LIO]S;`!V`>G+<+`")$%Z%QVG`MU(5@Y]+"]!7BAYW MNP$WE:A!>\$XH/47"'_KKK-)!$W1!$I,(4R,JU1"LO\@,'\;^";_86Z,]<<(,.L!/XJT#:ZRE*R8E1]RB0[`&MHA:*[GS"ZYN6X>/D``+F[I"2Z M7)8E0KGRXI8N^6Z/P)`8W`\ MZ`S!>Q"/$[UDT!=N"'`!&!#-X&;*4/`SI>":8[T%-0*\&6(A;`"]9N,$#&"X MFB%X1P5]W$O8IE(BXE(`K*"$+^70WNN\],ANY:49@EG&56#8T)?#B=T%B\W9 MCIT$_8&=BBTA*N4\P\AY0YG+?>P%H:`00X;7?9"WU7#4PE&E/I.E0_O:RJ:" M8X,F.@)]_'=@':DW8+HT/#(!8PL!$R"022?.<:`*-VH0'R?:>B`?_MPTL\47 M(,JL:HH%SFT&4"$QGW*)HAB8@\D%KXP$'%2?THO0+OT&-A%$8H8K MZ*T'_VD]%#>C=QB@N(W5I/O2%W#Z,MIPEY\V+/,YSO>-!?D]$#L'`2;1!;5C MMEV@TM'6T5L0)`VN![,[!,;E;1?`JUJ8#55'N9U42XN M5;FKV93JOI6@QT5W6!)@514<:-O;+^FFX]'@`%[=?Q<0 MY$(N3"W<*747<4HG!5'8W-6P6^L7UUS-&@5X$&\]PS*]"7S[BUIVJ+CH4'/S M+P[VS/WG`=EWYFO@`!E`&STGQ=G1L^XC#IBF`/AVH"&V74>"(R2 M$'D5XWZPC!R8EP'PO_/-C1.BEV+Y`8U>V13@>XJNSGU:&_^#J%@-AY<-BFX` MP,XC3`2377$8,`&2P8.Z#!H2TR?XPJ[#3-6N$(6G5V"J9X,%,'^?)BXQDP4% M<@$0X`$7D.>U3H@M-UV_G>/`(@"\/#$=I.X4[%%$'IB)WLXA=PD+%2G3^NS7 MMAPGB"S$%9JMWINV.);TI]GC+@7;P:Q-#FB1/FXI-C;<_=4G%'H)K0D=M4M: M.M7['@O]+H6>XN4+?_"%(1;_X>TN&0'FYBV$;O$VZ]*D?AS'PKV(+/)O$4EC M'!W&EF(0Y^LA[U&%L-1<[F=SY'D-C"X<)WZ\<:_Q_];U!_'U=F\4>"\>8;!P M*<$M^M+"'%!EQ^O/P$?T+[_X(=[XJ?$LE&_Y4G#@=7`A1TX%I\$SM,!LX?&QTO[M1_\A/`!I3I]_]LLP"_\RE\& MO94+O:OX3Y#ZRS_]LQ]!,T_]V,\%T.\$TI_]WM\NR?_]X@\'V]\$W3_^Z"_W M8\!!'D0*L73]Z1__<_P&+\0+G[11YR__XI]-/P0$("&`(3P$A,GD!Z!T/J%1 MZ91:M5ZQ_UGMEMOU?L%A\9A<-I_1:1!272T$/@T"2"!81C^*^I[?]_\!`P4' M"0L-#Q$3%1<9&QT?(2,E)RDK+2\I'=JN#!J*ZNZ@X@)(2TU/45-55UE;75]A M8V5G:6MM;W%S=7=Y>WU_@8-[$38Y/^CLA(Y%FXJ=GZ&CI:>IJZVOL/'"_JR_B19$F3)U$^"YEO9$J7+V'& ME+GF8K,I^JB M5M6ZE:O&J^FR=A4[EBR[K^C"EE6[EBVTL^?2MI4[E^Z7M^;BUM6[EZ^3N^7R M]A4\F.W?;($))U:LU3`VQ(LA1R;:^-ICR91>R$.S7ARY\^I M+'_6''IUZS0!4K^^';ET9]JYA]_MO1AX\>=ED]]D'GW[TNK;L'<_/S-\-?+I MYX=L/PU^_?\'XP\-_P`L4"\!SR#0P`7;0M`,!1F,D"P'RX!0P@NWHI`,"S'L M4"H-Q^#0PQ&3`E$,$4E,$2@3PT!1Q1?_;V(1#!=AK/$E&;^@T<8=3<+1"QUY M#+(C'[L`4L@C3]L,R2494Y+))YLBD@LCH:PR'RF=4(@A*:BTTLMTL%2"'GL< M^M+,G,(9NNMYMYH_\U1%R]T*](2VC+VI:9<>0>>YF![$Y9F87T;]@U@:OP%;.*J M'B`SFS;-R=@9U&&T^6788Y9YIEIKMGFF\&80PD# M#!BBYR=T1H.`!'X&H1D#``Z:#*6-+AH$`EH^H&4GF!9CZ**/1M>`!*K..1FDVXE M[/[[)@(*($8)!?Q6`'$R"?CT8C`$>"#H<$"HAP#'A7C`T^4,J#@<.#0NP(X' MI%X9A`8\C7B+RB]'0G/.GU9@`3,05UP(!@)`X)ML04#]`-4/8&#R+O\28,!I M36:?0P%0\?XB=R5X]ST)S(5?V8%/-2DC^>4S+V#S.13*W/4LID^B^M]!P#YU M(0I`Z(&RR?A>">;%Y_R`VQ>@/ZAB+[60>L'--,(`#HA>& M!%QJ9PP@``,%@+@D>&=3)R2("NV$P3M%+8$RI.'U;(C#-30C7SDRX1Q^J$`6 M!J\)RP#`];;VNT[0 MH0$/B"$8KIB04*PN>&12V1H"4,`RN/$)RDO_@!P#R+X$Z7$>S5">R/X8`#:. M@2!X6T#\$*F$!!3Q1(QF$V"1 M2(`#5-:`ELDA4\"JX"(YQ4YW-B./23BB&.Z9SWT2H)_C#$`R0[3.<6HSCP=` M``,>.(:$/D"?0N`G-'6I33$:E$Y"R)1%22B&`)2M@Q]$QAY!H("#`DX@=A3" M/]^YS22T,YU=6&GG_^3ATH9^0&<-2.F,GA`_!5(4EC2,G`&S4+D07FJ++RVI M1P>4U+*Y-*<%91-$OR!5$&2QJ@W-'`.HZ4H/;O5V766#`!KPS3&(E:R?@.8# MOO'".]YD4V04@NX$D-'@G4\+;@6!\D"P@(:$,7+5=$("ID9#XZE)D\0Q+&(5 MFP1B%).P6"C6`>B'V,D:S7C;R&D8&GK)Q"XV(3U%ZAA#V[/1$B$)_2M#:NV1 MV;^.]71AC"ALU2=;@A8A@S=$YXXQB\RJ:R;6UE"WB@>9702N22B0C:91-WBQ"`GP56K>Q\H`' MQ-[NC0$(9A?42XQO=O>]24!=5G=ZW_R>-Z/2"?#JR`=?;3;@>%L`E@/!L6`A MH'<9C04O^P0TJ(;I"V90#=`8`.Q"@"#SK'%2Y@+G$`N"/NYN#08PVA'I^ MP:M'V,,AR\9B&T-MP__M@HSM5./#WK@)IKLIC+6PJ1ONX9(K$_*28^K(,@Q8 M`'.T,1WPX=S?/NU9=:@R.]=D0W`[X1UO><^;WO6V][WQG6]][YO?_?;W MOP$><($/G.`%-_C!$9YPA2^W_\,*4#,4'K#B)@)M)+?;>!:,[',/RM6]$B%6!R*` M8KO`7%@%:,EHQ4$0-D):(@1P@-DY,`%" M5T$`:-69L$[/9@;(L64C25R*==XR`WS`?PU0I`.*"+E(@Z-]/\/''+;_M/"K M;:?FNQ[FU7"`#VR`]1J09Q?\1:R[0T&:'BS-ZED_`+4#&%B&9W*-9\\(^N<; MO*$`'$"P,L(>B,!O$$B:DJ%_!&@!,(H4GFV&[&:R&,H;>B:\_`\*XN>0""`> MBO\/HS2M`>8,&A;@5":``\X.`TZ%^-J)AAIB?]0/:SX`L9;@^]YOU)9OPXI% M`'1'_0"F'F)*`:D/"!6K!QWP`72)"!5``0N(`!V@2A>*1&`?"*\;C" M5,PN_R"@5`0+"L*%6&B,3&S'JI:!NCY)DA!-"3[`3@CIDP3@&QJKN_((`+Z) MPJ[IIE#FG=`+%,)+YZ!@$\^*#O(*$W"1QZ4D:CHJV7> M"12*YTX00!7[HU3ZD/7^D%2@+0G@BL;H"3N6CQ01P!Z&T6D^H"%P30!09AVQ MPP"Z@0W>Z:B.):>&1M.A0+<::TX*2N_*P?,1E8[$Z84&E8 M;!@5SQ$1XI:PT0Y2T`F`\'JH[PF\ZIV6(0`+ZHIZ\FXN2F>JT99<3PT68`(Z MC_4H8/BDH&+8A,*&*`WQI&?BI1TKJZ1`ABHGEJH1 M\>4"(J`\S;,\/X#R$#,)5FEW2*Q[MJ$<(Q, M2@HT-\P>_I,F'JBCCC($WV^#JL'P(@`#-B`#/@`JH_(=LK'(X/!IU/$)$B!# MP9,9E__3*)VQ.?DH.$DE*>.!"8K.ILB,-"UGBPQI)]5H`:SOGA(O,16@:*ZP MRQ@@1FFL(*3)=!Q`:AI3`1!@6W9T<`*&DQG$-`OZ&8NL7"0H0(IIC+HCY`.U3XH;3`J(7"3&!G'T8*)"/2@Z`--E$"@X@AMYF M"NQF;,C/;?S+TFYO*MKIZL`K3?SA5MED_O91"@IGIYK`*"$A;5?Q+;SVPH'0 :*?QH2CA.Z^`<:+20`W$$33<*M>*P(`@``#L_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----